ROOF REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK AT THE LOWELL HIGH SCHOOL 50 FATHER MORISSETTE BLVD. LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS
August 3, 2018
Prepared For: Prepared By:
City of Lowell Gale Associates, Inc. 375 Merrimack Street 15 Constitution Drive Lowell, MA 01851 Bedford, NH 03110
Gale JN 833360 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK AT THE LOWELL HIGH SCHOOL 50 FATHER MORISSETTE BLVD. LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS
GALE JN 833360
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1 Section 01 10 00 – Summary of Work Section 01 22 00 – Unit Prices Section 01 23 00 – Alternates Section 01 33 00 – Shop Drawings and Submittals Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities Section 01 63 00 – Weather Protection and Materials Storage Section 01 77 00 - Project Close-Out
TECHINICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 2 Section 02 41 19 – Selective Demolition
DIVISION 3 Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Formwork (to be included with the Masonry Filed-Sub Bid) Section 03 45 00 – Cast Stone Replacement (to be included with the Masonry Filed-Sub Bid) Section 03 60 00 – Concrete Repairs (to be included with the Masonry Filed-Sub Bid)
DIVISION 4 Section 04 00 01 – Masonry Filed Sub-Bid Requirements Section 04 50 00 – Masonry (Filed Sub-Bid Required)
DIVISION 5 Section 05 40 00 – Cold Form Metal Framing Metal Roof Ladders – Section 05 51 33
DIVISION 6 Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 7 Section 07 42 13 – Metal Wall Panels Section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing
DIVISION 8 Section 08 10 00 – Doors and Hardware Section 08 51 00 – Metal Windows Section 08 95 00 – Insulated Translucent Panel Skylight System (Alternate No. 1)
Table of Contents - i
ROOF REPLACEMENT AND ASSOCIATED WORK AT THE LOWELL HIGH SCHOOL 50 FATHER MORISSETTE BLVD. LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS
GALE JN 833360
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
DIVISION 9 Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating
DIVISION 10 – 21 – NOT USED
DIVISION 22 Section 22 00 01 – Plumbing Filed Sub-Bid Requirements Section 22 30 00 – Plumbing (Filed Sub-Bid Required)
DIVISION 23 – 25 – NOT USED
DIVISION 26 Section 26 10 00 – Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects
DIVISION 27-42 – NOT USED
CONTRACT DRAWINGS G100 Cover Sheet G101 Conceptual Tapered Insulation Plan & Roof Cross Sections C101 Site Plan AD102 Partial Roof Area Demolition Plan AD103 Partial Roof Area Demolition Plan AD201 Partial Rising Wall Demolition Plan A101 Overall Roof Area Plan A102 Partial Roof Area Plan A103 Partial Roof Area Plan A201 Partial Rising Wall Elevations A202 Partial Penthouse Elevations A501 Details A502 Details A502 Details A503 Details A504 Details A505 Details A506 Details A507 Details A509 Details
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 00 00 10 Cover_TOC.doc Table of Contents – ii
Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
SUMMARY OF WORK
SECTION 01 10 00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
In general, the Contractor and Sub-contractor(s) shall supply all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items:
A. General Contractor
1. Contractor shall obtain all permits necessary to transport and install all materials affected by the scope of work, including the work of the sub- contractors.
2. Install and furnish new fully adhered EPDM roofing assembly and walkway pads in area indicated in Contract Drawings.
3. Infill roof openings with metal deck and structural steel as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
4. At roof area D Install vent/exhaust extensions with framed box units to house the extensions and a ballasted, non-penetrating guardrail system where indicated on the Contractor Drawings.
5. Existing steel lintels above window units are to remain. General Contractor to remove interior acoustic ceiling tiles as needed to perform the work and reinstall. Contractor responsible to replace in kind any damage to the interior finishes at no additional cost to the owner.
6. At Roof Area D roof skylight openings under base bid are to be infilled or under alternate number one are to receive new skylights. Refer to Section 01 23 00 – Alternates, 07 53 00 Elastomeric Roofing and Flashings, and 08 95 00 Insulated Translucent Panel Skylight System for limits and work activities.
7. Install new windows, sealants, and flashings as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
8. Install all blocking required to achieve a minimum curb height of 8-inches above the new roofing assembly, all insulation surrounding ductwork above the roof, and all wooden sleepers to be concealed as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
9. Install new strainer, clamping rings, clamps, extenders, and any other accessories for complete roof drain assembly. Install new drain bowl collar extensions to accommodate the required minimum 5 1/2” of insulation.
a. Route and snake all roof drains to nearest manhole / drain out exit location. Perform at beginning of roofing operations and after substantial completion.
10. Install new sheet metal sleeves, flashings, and sealants for overflow and through wall scupper locations indicated on Contract Drawings. Coordinate this work with the Masonry Contractor per Section 04 50 00 for limits and work activities.
11. Install new gutter, downspout strainer, downspout, and splash blocks where indicated on the contract documents.
12. Field flash all pipe penetrations, coordinate vent pipe flashing work with the Plumbing Contractor Section 22 30 00 for limits and work activities.
13. Reinstall, and reconnect existing rooftop equipment and associated mechanical / electrical penetrations on new curbs to provide minimum 8-inch flashing upturn height above new roof assembly. Provide miscellaneous electrical and mechanical extensions and reconnections.
14. Reinstall existing electrical conduits to a minimum of 3.5 inches above the new finished roof height with a new prefabricated conduit support system indicated on the Contract Drawings. Any utility shutoff to be coordinated with and approved by the Owner prior to work, provide a minimum 48-hour notice.
15. Install new wall mounted roof ladder rails, rungs, brackets, and fasteners. Provide all welds to complete fabrication.
16. Install new wood blocking, wood nailers and exterior grade plywood to accommodate the installation of the new roofing assembly. Install at all locations shown in the Contract Drawings.
17. Install and furnish new marine grade plywood backing for all vertical membrane flashing and metal wall panel installation as identified on the contract drawings.
18. Install metal wall panels, metal framing, and air/vapor retarder, at rising masonry and metal framed walls as identified in the Contract Drawings.
19. Install structural wood framing, joist hangers, associated framing, metal deck, and steel angles at locations to be infilled as identified in the Contract Drawings.
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
20. Prime and paint interior face of CMU block to match the existing wall at roof area D wall infills. Coordinate work time with the City, as the interior of the school rooms may be occupied during school hours. Feather and blend into surrounding area for cohesive finish.
21. Install penthouse roof insulated metal door, frame, and accessories where indicated on the Contract Drawings.
22. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work including the site to the satisfaction of the Owner.
B. Masonry Filed Sub
1. Install two courses of brick masonry, mortar, and flashings along on all parapets indicated on the Contract Drawings.
2. Install new brick masonry units, concrete masonry units at roof area D wall openings, through wall flashings, counter flashings, weeps, termination bars, sealants, and accessories as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Coordinate this work with the Roofing Contractor per Section 07 53 00 for limits and work activities.
a. Coordinate work time with the City, as the interior of the school rooms may be occupied during school hours.
3. Grout solid chipped concrete area at roof drains and prepare to receive drain system. Coordinate this work with the Roofing Contractor per Section 07 53 00 and Plumbing Contractor per Section 22 30 00 for limits and work activities.
4. Grout Solid CMU parapet walls where indicated on the Contract Documents.
5. At Roof Area D Install CMU Block in wall opening coordinate with roofing contractor section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing for limits and work activities.
6. Reinstall existing terra cotta parapet caps in area indicated in Contract Drawings. Contractor is responsible for replacing any damaged caps at no additional cost to the owner. Coordinate with Section 09 90 00 Painting and Coating for limits and work activities.
7. Install precast stone and terra cotta caps with metal dowel anchors and flashings at areas identified on the Contract Drawings.
8. Upon completion of all cast stone, concrete, and masonry repairs, recoat all existing, salvaged, and new parapet caps.
9. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work including the site.
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Plumbing Filed Sub
1. Install new cast-iron roof drain bowls and accessories at locations indicated on Contract Drawings.
2. Install vent pipe extensions and no-hub connections where required.
3. Raise and reconnect existing gas line to a minimum of 3.5 inches above the new finished roof height in coordination with Section 01 22 00 Unit Prices and Section 07 53 00 for limits and work activities.
4. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work including the site.
1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The building will be occupied during the construction period. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions required to minimize disruption to the building, site occupants and users during the course of the work hereunder. No loud noise, loud radios, etc. will be allowed on the job site(s). The Contractor’s full agreement and cooperation in this regard are essential elements to the successful performance of the work under this Contract. The Owner shall have the right, at his/her sole discretion to require removal of any of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, agents or assigns that are found in violation of standards of conduct.
B. If required, the Contractor shall comply with all requirements of City of Lowell regarding temporary protection, staging and use of the site.
C. All existing items including windows, doors, building, plant life and site features, including but not limited to, pavement, lawns, sidewalks, frames, glazing, flashings, sealants, and trim shall be protected from the effects of all new work.
D. All temporary protection shall be properly secured and able to withstand all perils of weather and use. At a minimum, protection shall include plywood covering over window and door assemblies below or adjacent to all active demolition/construction areas.
E. The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain all barriers; protection or warning lines; lights and lighting; and personnel as required to support the structure, fixtures and facilities affected by the work, and to segregate the work area(s) from pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic, as applicable, as well as to prevent damage to the building, its occupants and the surrounding site elements as required. All applicable OSHA and D.L.I. requirement shall be strictly followed by the Contractor, its Sub- Contractors, employees, agents and assigns at all times during the performance of the work under this Contract.
F. The Contractor shall schedule and execute all work without exposing the interior of the buildings to the effects of weather. Protect the buildings and their occupants and
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
users against such risks, at all times during the course of the work hereunder. All work/weather related damage shall be repaired/replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
G. The Contractor shall conform to all requirements of this Specification as well as those of all manufacturers of materials used in performing the work hereunder.
H. All materials and workmanship shall be of the best quality and the highest standard of construction practice. Refer to the requirements of materials manufacturers and the specifications for handling and installation of all materials used in the work under this Contract.
I. Protect the buildings and site and any other areas not included in the scope of work. The Contractor shall replace or repair all damage to the buildings or site elements because of the performance of the work hereunder to the satisfaction of the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
J. Supply all labor, equipment, tools, appliances, services, shoring, supports or other items as required to properly support, elevate, and protect fixtures, equipment and facilities affected by the work as required and to properly execute the work.
K. Remove only as much existing construction as can be completely replaced and made weathertight by the end of each workday including all flashing work. Install temporary barriers during all work breaks as required to protect the public and the work.
L. A disposal plan, materials delivery and storage plan shall be submitted by the Contractor (for Owner and Engineer review and approval) outlining all methods and techniques to be used in the transportation, storage and delivery of debris and materials at the site.
M. Supply all necessary disposal facilities, transportation and labor in connection therewith as necessary to legally dispose of all demolished materials, dirt and debris off-site. The Contractor shall obtain all permits required to transport and dispose of all materials rubbish and debris in strict compliance with all legal requirements.
N. Any open ducts, grills, thermostats, electric boxes or similar fixtures and/or items which could be soiled or adversely affected by the work shall be masked, protected and cleaned as necessary by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
O. The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with all Contractors working at the site during the course of work hereunder.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Emergency Response Contacts B. Construction Schedule C. Schedule of Values D. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) E. Refer to technical specification sections for material submittals.
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. A Preconstruction Conference will be held with the Owner, Engineer, Contractor and all involved trades to discuss all aspects of the project. The Contractor’s foreman or field representative will attend this Conference. The foreman must be English-speaking. The conference will not be held until all shop drawings and submittals have been received and reviewed by the Owner.
B. The Owner shall reserve the right to require an alternate Superintendent and/or Foreman.
C. Delivery of materials and commencement of construction shall not proceed until the preconstruction conference is held. Delays in obtaining a complete set of submittals shall not extend the Contracted completion date.
1.6 REFERENCES
Applicable publications: Publications listed herein form a part of the Specification to the extent referenced and are indicated in the text by basic designation only. Applicable publications referenced shall be those that were issued and in use at the time of the Bid Submission.
1.7 EMERGENCY RESPONSE
A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with after-hours (24 hour), emergency telephone numbers of the Contractor’s Superintendent and Foreman.
B. The Contractor must respond to emergency situations or calls within two (2) hours.
1.8 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and scheduling all applicable trades as well as the erection of all staging, delivery of materials and disposal of existing materials scheduled to be removed within the time constraints established in the Contract.
1. Mobilization Start 2. Substantial Completion 3. Final Completion
B. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall clearly identify the on-site crew foreman and the size of the crew to be utilized. The crew size shall remain consistent and work shall be continuous throughout the project, from start-up to completion.
C. The Owner shall review the Contractor's Construction Schedule prior to the start of any work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply the Owner with written notice, 72 hours in advance, if his work location(s) for a workday is different
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
from the schedule. The Contractor shall update his Construction Schedule weekly, and submit a copy to the Owner for review.
1.9 DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES
A. Verify dimensions and quantities in the field prior to bid submission. The Project Plans and Drawings have been compiled from various sources and may not reflect the actual field conditions at the time of construction.
B. The Contractor is solely responsible for compliance with the project specifications, plans and drawings. Make necessary investigations and take necessary precautions to properly supply, fabricate, and install work.
C. Additional compensation due to unfamiliarity with project conditions will not be considered.
D. In case of inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either document, the better quality and/or greater quantity of work shall be provided, as determined by the Owner.
1.10 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Provide a line item breakdown of construction labor and materials costs for each Specification Section included in these Contract Documents. Additionally, provide line items values for Unit Price Work included in these Specifications. Utilize AIA Forms G703 and G703A to prepare and submit the Schedule of Values.
1.11 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Contractor shall maintain public driveway access at all times. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated.
B. Contractor shall maintain work areas in an orderly condition and will be responsible for clean-up and removal of debris to the Contractors dumpster on a daily basis. If, in the opinion of the Owner, clean-up is not being performed satisfactorily, the Owner shall, after 24 hours of having notified the Contractor of the same, have the work performed by others and all charges incurred thereby deducted from the next progress payment of the Contractor.
C. School is to be occupied during construction and any work on the interior must be performed after school hours from 7:00am to 3:30pm or on approved weekends. Contractor must provide a minimum 48-hour notice of interior work and obtain owner’s approval for all interior work.
D. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated. Confine operations to areas where work is directly being performed. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the areas in which the Work is indicated.
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
E. Site Enclosure Fence: Not required.
1.12 PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Owner shall schedule progress meetings as deemed necessary.
1.13 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) shall be submitted in complete sets for all products to be used prior to any work being performed.
1.14 GUARANTEES
A. Refer to specific Sections of this specification for systems and product warranty requirements. Verify with Manufacturer of proposed systems and products that specified warranty requirements are acceptable, without exception, prior to selecting materials for use on this project.
B. Submit a full Contractor Warranty of the Work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship upon Substantial Completion, and prior to final payment. This Warranty shall be for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion, and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm, and sealed if a Corporation.
C. Submit a full Sub-Contractor Warranty of the Work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship upon Substantial Completion, and prior to final payment. This Warranty shall be for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion, and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm, and sealed if a Corporation.
1.15 INDEMNIFICATION AND WAIVER OF LIENS
Beginning with the first Application for Payment and thereafter, the Contractor, Sub- Contractor(s) and suppliers shall submit an Indemnification and Waiver of Liens for the construction period covered by the previous application on the form attached as part of the required documentation in any application for payment.
1.16 DUST AND ODOR CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner the daily shutdown of HVAC intake units in the work areas, which may be affected by construction dust, fumes, odors or air borne debris. If the Owner cannot shut down or cannot permit shut down of the air intakes, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide control of dusts, odors or fumes as required by the Owner and as necessary to protect the health and safety of the building’s occupants.
B. The Contractor will install clear plastic secured with duct tape over all air intake vents at the beginning of each work day to reduce any construction related odors and dust
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
from entering the building. The Contractor will remove the plastic at the end of each workday.
C. During removal operations, the Contractor shall be responsible for the containment of all dust, dirt, debris, overspray and/or run-off resulting from the performance of the work. The Contractor shall collect and contain all materials and repair any resulting damage to adjacent materials, building and/or site elements and personal property. Specific attention is drawn to the use of chemicals and cleaners that must be used responsibly in strict compliance with manufacturer’s requirements and all applicable regulatory guidelines.
D. Contractor shall not use building’s dumpster for debris associated with this project.
1.17 WORK INSIDE THE BUILDING
A. The Contractor shall not leave or store any tools, equipment, materials, debris or other items on or within the building unless permission is given by Owner.
1.18 CLEAN-UP
Restore property of the Owner to its original condition prior to the start of construction. Refer to Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities. General clean-up of the site shall be performed on a daily basis.
A. Clean, restore and/or replace items stained, dirtied, discolored or otherwise damaged due to the Work, as required by the Owner.
B. Clean roof, building (interior and exterior), landscaped and parking areas so they are free of trash, debris and dirt caused by, or associated with the Work.
C. Sweep paved areas clean.
D. Site clean-up shall be performed daily.
1.19 MANUFACTURER INSPECTIONS
The chosen roof membrane manufacturer’s representative will be required to periodically visit the site. The manufacturer’s representative shall provide guidance on the proper use and installation of their products. Each materials manufacturer shall provide a written report on their findings of their site visit noting any actions to the Engineer (promptly following each site visit) indicating any items or materials not installed as recommended by the manufacturer or as specified by the Engineer.
1.20 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School
1. Project Location: 50 Father Morissette Boulevard, Lowell, MA 01852
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. The Work consists of the following: and per the construction drawings and documents enclosed in this
1. Mobilization. 2. Demo of existing roof per plans with a method approved by the owner. 3. Installation of new roofing system per drawings, submittals, specifications, addenda, and or sketch’s. 4. Repairs to existing roof membranes, walls, units, systems and misc. work indicated within the contract documents. 5. Cleanup and demobilization. 6. Site Safety/Security.
1.22 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts.
B. Separate Contract: The Owner reserves the right to perform construction operations at the site. Those operations may be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract.
1.23 USE OF PREMISES
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of the rooftop for construction operations, including limited use of Project site as defined by the owner, during construction period.
B. Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site at all times. Contractor shall take the appropriate actions to assure the areas of construction are secured from the public. Contractor shall construct and/or install temporary fencing, signs and barricades as required assuring a safe and secure environment. Proper barricading of work area is a requirement, to protect people and City property.
C. Contractor's staging/lay down areas is to be coordinated through the owner. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any and all building permits and satisfying all requirements for accessing the City streets from the site. Contractor shall coordinate with the local authorities. Contractor is responsible for repairing any damage to staging/lay down area. Contractor shall not place trailers, equipment, lay down, storage facilities outside of project site after normal working hours. Contractor shall have no vehicles, trailers, storage containers in any fire lanes or prohibited areas.
D. Contractor shall not restrict the owner's access to the buildings entrances area. If, the Contractor should need to temporarily restrict the owner's access to any areas, the Contractor shall submit a written notice to the owner 24 hours in advance of access restriction.
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-10 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
E. Contractor to supply temporary facilities (toilets).
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
NOT USED.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED. END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 01 10 00 Summary of Work.docx
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00-11 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
SECTION 01 22 00
UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the Contract and General Conditions and all Sections within Division 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.
C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
This Section contains instructions and references other Contract Documents that relate to Unit Prices. The Owner may elect certain aspects of the work, whose quantities cannot be determined at this time, to be performed or deleted by the General Contractor. If such work items are elected, the Contract price will be adjusted by the Unit Price amount shown for each item in the Bid Forms.
A. A Unit Price is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services that will be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order in the event the estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
B. The Bidders shall submit with their Bids, prices for the performance of Unit Price work. The general scope of the Unit Price work is defined within this section.
C. The successful Bidder shall coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as necessary to ensure that work affected by each Unit Price Item is complete and fully integrated into the project.
D. The specific quantities of Unit Price Work included in the Base Bid are provided herein. This applies to items whose exact quantities are unknown but are anticipated to exist, for example, deteriorated roof decking.
E. The specific quantities of Unit Price Work included in the Alternate scope of work are provided herein. This applies to items whose exact quantities are unknown but are anticipated to exist, for example, deteriorated roof decking.
F. The quantities of Unit Price Work listed in this Section and the bid and contract forms are in addition to the quantities shown on the Contract Drawings (if any).
UNIT PRICES 01 22 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
G. The Unit Prices requested herein shall include a pro-rata share of all costs for materials, labor, equipment costs, overhead, profit, and applicable taxes.
H. Where not otherwise specified, Unit Prices cover net costs and credits to the Owner for executing authorized changes in the Work. No separate adjustments are made for labor, materials, transportation, handling, storage, overhead, profit, or other related work expenses.
I. If unit price quantities vary greater than twenty (20) percent above the amounts carried in the Base Bid, the Owner reserves the right to re-negotiate lower unit price costs. The Contractor will be required to notify the Owner once they approach this limit as the work progresses.
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Unit Prices for items of Work, as set forth in the Schedule of Unit Prices, shall be used to determine adjustments to the Contract Amount when changes in the Work involving said items are made in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Materials, methods of installation, and definitions of terms set forth under the various Unit Price items in the Schedule of Unit prices shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents.
C. The successful Bidder shall coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as necessary to ensure that work affected by each Unit Price Item is complete and fully integrated into the project.
1.4 APPLICABILITY OF UNIT PRICES
A. Prior to commencing removal or replacement of materials set forth in the schedule of Unit Prices, the General Contractor shall notify the Owner in sufficient time to permit proper inspection and measurements to be taken. Only quantities that have been approved in writing by the Owner will be considered in the determination of adjustments to the Contract Sum.
B. Unit Price Work includes providing and installing all accessories and appurtenant work necessary to properly execute the Unit Price Work.
C. Performance of work not required by the Contract Documents, or which is not authorized by Change Order or Field Order, whether or not such work is set forth hereunder as a Unit Price item, shall not be considered cause for extra payment. The General Contractor will be held fully responsible for such unauthorized work, including the performance of all corrective measures required by the Owner.
1.5 VERIFICATION OF UNIT PRICE QUANTITIES
The following minimum procedures must be included by the Contractor for each of the indicated unit repair items for the duration of the project:
UNIT PRICES 01 22 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices and estimated quantities. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices and estimated quantities are as follows:
1. For work covered by scheduled quantities, notify the Owner and Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the performance of such work. 2. Document such work in writing, identifying type of work, quantity and location of work. Submit documentation on General Contractor’s letterhead. 3. All documentation of work covered by scheduled quantities will be subject to verification and approval by the Owner and Engineer. 4. In order to be considered for payment, documentation for work covered by scheduled quantities shall be submitted within one month of performance of such work. Requests for payment of such work submitted more than one month after the work has been performed will not be accepted. 5. Only documentation signed and verified by the General Contractor, Trade, and the Owner’s Representative will be considered valid. Documentation not signed by all these parties will be considered invalid.
B. The General Contractor shall contact the Owner and Engineer if a Unit Price quantity is anticipated to be reached prior to exceeding that quantity. No additional costs will be awarded to the General Contractor for additional Unit Price Work without written approval from the Owner and/or Engineer.
C. The General Contractor must provide safe, adequate, and ample access to the Owner and Engineer for verification of the Unit Price Work throughout the course of construction.
D. The General Contractor is required to track and record actual placed and completed Unit Price Work throughout the course of construction, and submit a breakdown to the Owner and Engineer on a weekly basis or as requested. The breakdown shall include the following for each Unit Price item:
1. Completed quantity to date 2. Remaining quantity to date 3. Percentage of total quantity remaining
1.6 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
The following unit prices as defined in the specifications are designated for items of work on the basis of unknown quantities or quantities estimated by the Engineer. These unit prices will be used to add or to deduct from the dollar amounts shown, depending on whether the actual amount is greater or less than the estimated amount. UNIT PRICES GIVEN HEREIN SHALL BE FOR ADDITIONAL WORK ONLY. DECREASED WORK SHALL BE AT THE “ADD” PRICE LESS FIFTEEN PERCENT (15%).
UNIT PRICES 01 22 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
The unit prices listed below are above and beyond that shown on the Contract Drawings and shall be included by the General Contractor under the appropriate Base Bid Scope of Work. The General Contractor’s Schedule of Values will carry each item under the bid amount selected for this project. Should the unit price work not be performed on this project, the total amount, or remaining amount if portions of unit price work are performed, shall be credited to the Owner.
Base Bid Unit Prices
Section Item Estimated Unit of Unit Price Total Amount Quantity Measure Dollar/Cents Dollar/Cents (beyond drawings) 03 60 00 Repair of spalled Square concrete roof deck 20 Feet $______$______03 60 00 Repair of cracked concrete roof deck (less 20 Linear $______$______than 3/16”) Feet 03 60 00 Repair of cracked concrete roof deck 20 Linear $______$______(greater than 3/16”) Feet 04 50 00 Replacement of brick masonry units (to match 75 Each $______$______existing)
Repair of deteriorated Square 05 40 00 20 corrugated metal deck Feet $______$______Replacement of Square 05 40 00 deteriorated corrugated 20 $______$______metal deck Feet 06 10 00 Replacement of deteriorated wood 20 Linear $______$______blocking Feet 22 30 00 Raise existing gas and conduit lines as Linear necessary to be 3.5” 50 Feet $______$______min. above new finished roof height
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 01 22 00 Unit Prices.docx
UNIT PRICES 01 22 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
ALTERNATES
SECTION 01 23 00
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Bidders shall submit with their Bids, prices for the performance of the Alternate scopes of Work as defined within this section.
B. The successful Bidder shall coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as necessary to ensure that work affected by each Unit Price Item is complete and fully integrated into the project.
C. Where a quantity of Unit Price is included in the Base Bid, it is also included in the Alternates. Selection of Alternate does not delete any Unit Price work carried in the Base Bid. All unit price work shall be shown.
1.2 BASE BID
The Base Bid shall include all labor, equipment, materials and accessories necessary to temporarily remove and reinstall the existing translucent panel skylight systems indicated on roof area D to accommodate roof work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contract amount shall include the sum of the unit prices as outlined in Section 01 22 00 – Unit Prices for the Base Bid section.
A. For each of the Alternates scheduled at the end of this Section, state the amount in the proposal to be added to, or deducted from the Contract Amount for the work.
B. The Bid Alternate Price shall be complete cost, including overhead, profit, bonds, insurance, transportation, and all other costs connected with, or incidental to the work described.
1.3 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Add Alternate Number One (1): Shall include all labor, equipment, materials and accessories necessary for removal, abatement, disposal and replacement of the insulated translation panel skylight systems indicated on roof area D on the Contract Drawings.
1. Drawing sheets associated with Add Alternate Number One (1) include, but are not limited to: a. AD102 b. A102 c. A505
2. Specifications associated with Add Alternate Number One (1) include, but are not limited to: a. 01 11 00 – Summary of Work b. 08 95 00 – Insulated Translucent Panel Skylight System
END OF SECTION
I:\833400\02 Design\specs\833400 Bates 012300 Alternates.docx
ALTERNATES 01 23 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01 33 00
1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section contains instructions for submittals and shop drawings required at various stages of the project. The following will be required for all construction components and systems:
A. List of materials stating manufacturer's name and address, as well as material trade name and manufacturer's designation.
B. Manufacturer's Catalog Data ("SPEC DATA").
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions.
D. Samples (as specified in the Technical Sections).
E. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
F. Shop Drawings
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Note: Submit a complete submittal package as specified herein according to the project schedule outlined in the Bid Documents.
A. Submittal Packages: Provide submittals in bulk and organized by division with a cover letter.
B. Bid Submission: Refer to Instructions to Bidders regarding information to accompany Bid Forms.
C. Informational quantities: Provide quantity breakdown for specific portions of the Unit Price work as requested by the Owner. These quantity calculations will be required for allocation of funding prior to award of contract.
D. Contract Submissions: After award of the Contract by the Owner, provide three (3) copies of the following submittals to the Owner:
1. Proposed Construction Schedule for completion of the Work specified in this project manual.
2. Complete materials list with corresponding manufacturer for each product proposed.
3. Shop Drawings.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. Manufacturer's Technical Literature with system designations and a sample of the product guaranty.
5. Manufacturer's Instructions.
6. Catalog Data ("SPEC-DATA” Sheets).
7. Samples of all materials of construction designated as requiring submittals in the applicable technical section including fasteners and sheet metals.
8. Certificates as approved Applicator by all material manufacturers.
9. List of proposed storage facilities and their location(s).
10. Proposed location(s) of dumpsters.
11. Schedule of Values: Itemize separately labor and materials for each technical section within the Specification as they will be shown on the Application for Payment (use AIA Form G703).
12. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS): Provide MSDS for each proposed product prior to start of work.
13. Certificate of Dumping Facilities.
14. Letter of Compliance from all the material manufacturers that all materials proposed for the new construction are acceptable to the material manufacturer for the specified warranties.
15. Certificates as approved Applicator by all material manufacturers.
16. General Contractor’s Guarantee Form as provided by the Owner in the Contract Forms to be reviewed by Owner.
17. Certificate of Compliance as provided by the Owner in the Contract Forms.
18. Program for the containment of cleaning chemicals.
E. Weekly Submissions: At the end of each week during construction, submit an updated construction schedule showing the amount of completed new work installed, anticipated future work areas, and anticipated completion dates. Update schedule changes.
F. Close-out Submission: See Section 01 77 00 - Project Close-out for required submittals.
G. Re-submittals: All re-submittals required from the Contractor shall be submitted within five (5) working days of return of original submittals.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
H. Permits: Prior to start of construction, the Contractor is to provide the Owner with copies of all building permits, licenses, and other documents required by the General Conditions.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop drawings shall be to scale and clearly indicate all components and interfaces.
B. Original Submittal: Submit one (1) reproducible copy and two (2) prints of shop drawings for review within ten (10) calendar days of Contract award.
C. Re-submittal: If re-submittal is required, the original reproducible indicating comments and revisions will be returned to the Contractor upon request. Submit a revised reproducible and two prints for review.
D. Acceptance: Repeat this procedure until acceptance is obtained. One copy of each accepted shop drawing will be returned to the Contractor, at which time the Contractor shall make sufficient copies for the Owner, as well as sufficient copies for his use.
E. Shop Drawings of an engineering nature shall be sent directly to the Engineer for review, with a copy of the transmittal and one print sent to the Owner.
F. Transmittal: All reproducibles shall be transmitted rolled in mailing tubes and not folded.
1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall provide two copies of all contract drawings showing as-built conditions to the Engineer for approval at the completion of the project. This will be a requisite for final payment.
1.5 SAMPLES
A. Original Submittal: Two (2) samples, unless otherwise specified, of each item for which samples are required shall be furnished for review. The Engineer must indicate that no exceptions are taken prior to delivery of the materials to the project site. Such samples shall be representative of the actual material proposed for use in the project and of sufficient size to demonstrate design, color, texture and finish when these attributes will be exposed to view in the finished work.
B. Re-submittals: All rejected samples will be returned upon request, and any or all re- submittals shall consist of two (2) new samples.
C. Review: Once the Engineer has indicated that no exceptions are taken, one sample so noted will be returned and the Engineer, until completion of the work, will retain the remainder. When requested, all satisfactory samples will be returned for installation, provided their identity is maintained in an approved manner until final acceptance of the project.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Important specific samples are specified in Technical Sections of the Specifications. The Contractor is cautioned to quickly provide specified samples.
1.6 CATALOG DATA
A. Submittals: One (1) electronic copy of catalog data are required for the original submittal and each subsequent re-submittal along with shop drawings. If approved or not approved, one (1) electronic copy will be returned so noted. If approved, such additional copies may be requested by the Engineer and shall be furnished without additional cost.
B. Data: Each submittal shall have all pertinent data contained therein that is applicable to the item submitted for approval, adequately and permanently designated.
1.7 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVAL
A. Where in these Specifications an item is called for to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, specifications or recommendations, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with one (1) electronic copy of said directions, specifications or recommendations, before the item is installed.
B. The Contractor shall submit evidence that the materials manufacturers have reviewed the project and proposed materials and that the completed installations will be acceptable for the required warranties:
1.8 CERTIFICATES AND GUARANTEES
A. Certificates of performance, treatment and conformance to specified standards shall be submitted prior to initiating work on the project.
B. Copies of all guarantees required on the project shall be submitted for review and acceptance as to form prior to initiating work on the project.
1.9 IDENTIFICATION
A. Each submittal shall have the pertinent data listed below that is applicable to the item submitted for approval, adequately and permanently labeled on the item.
B. Clearly identify submittals with the following data:
1. Project name and location. 2. Contractor's name and address. 3. Subcontractor's, Vendor's and/or Manufacturer's name and address. 4. Product Identification and Date of Submission. 5. Shop drawing title, drawing number, revision number and date of drawing and revision history. 6. Applicable Contract Drawing(s) and Specification section number.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Catalog Data: Identify each separate catalog, brochure or single page submitted as required above.
1. Catalogs or brochures containing multiple items for review need the identification on the exterior and on each specific item clearly circled, flagged or otherwise identified.
2. If one or more of the multiple items are not accepted in any submittal, additional copies may be required to obtain complete approval. Do not commence Work until every submittal is accepted.
1.10 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Representation: Submittal of any shop drawing or catalog data represents that the Contractor has determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings and the Contract requirements. Certification shall appear on each shop drawing stating that the Contractor has made this check. All drawings without this certification will be returned without examination.
B. Deviations: Changes on the submitted shop drawings that deviate from the Design Drawings must be brought to the Owners and Designers attention in writing prior to review. Changes must be clearly visible on the shop drawings in the form of written notation, ballooning or highlighting the intended change. A written description for the proposed change must also be included and submitted on company letterhead. Changes to drawings and details not submitted in accordance with these requirements will not be recognized as an approved deviation from the Design of Record. Construction repairs, renovations, or replacements required as a result of shop drawing and submittal deviations that are not documented in accordance with these requirements are subject to removal and/or replacement by the Contractor, at the sole cost of the Contractor.
C. Commencement: Order, fabricate, and install materials requiring a submittal only after the approval of the submittals related to such items.
D. Acceptance: Project Work, materials, fabrication and installation shall conform to accepted submittals, shop drawings, and catalog data.
E. Manufacturer's Information: Where manufacturer's directions, specifications or requirements are called for, the Contractor shall have the responsibility of determining whether such directions, specifications, or requirements may safely and suitably be employed in the work. Notification to the Owner must be made, in writing, if deviations or modifications are necessary for installation safety or proper operations.
F. Concealed Conditions: If an unspecified or undetailed condition is discovered during the work, the Contractor shall submit scaled shop drawings indicating specific components and configurations planned for use. Provide temporary protection for
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
the duration of the review process. Shop drawings must be approved and accepted by the Owner prior to installation of the related work.
G. Non-Submittal: Failure by the Contractor to submit shop drawings or submittals in ample time for review or resubmission (if required) prior to the commencement of construction shall not affect the completion date of the contract. Materials or methods of construction utilized in the Work by the Contractor without written acceptance by the Owner shall be done at the Contractor's own risk. Such materials or methods shall be subject to rejection by the Owner.
H. Timing: Make submittals to the Owner far enough in advance of scheduled dates of preconstruction meeting, mobilization, execution, or installation to provide time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and re- submittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery.
I. Schedule and allow at least ten (10) working days for review by the Owner following receipt of submittal. Contractor shall be responsible for delays resulting from incomplete submittal packages.
J. Subsequent Reviews: Costs associated with reviews required beyond the first revision review will be paid by Contractor.
K. Submit a complete set of necessary submittals required by the Contract Documents. Partial submittals may be rejected for non-compliance with the Contract Documents.
L. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.
M. The engineer will schedule one working day for submittal review for this project, typically on a Wednesday of each week. Unless a time critical submittal requires immediate attention, all individual, or partial submittal packages will be retained, and not reviewed until multiple items are provided until said designated day. The contractor shall take this into account when scheduling and coordinating submittal and construction activities to prevent delays in their work activities.
N. Multiple individual submittal reviews or incomplete packages are subject to potential back charges to the contractor due to unreasonable review times which may be required. The contractor is to provide complete submittal packages for technical section.
1.11 CERTIFICATES AND GUARANTEES
A. Certificates of performance, treatment and conformance to specified standards shall be submitted prior to initiating work on the project.
B. Copies of all guarantees required on the project shall be submitted for review and acceptance as to form.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 01 33 00 Shop Drawings and Submittals.docx
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
SECTION 01 50 00
1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section contains instructions and requirements for the provision and utilization of temporary facilities to protect the Owner’s property, the site and construction materials; and daily maintenance and cleanup of the site during the project.
1.2 SET-UP AREAS AND USE OF THE SITE
A. The Owner shall determine the locations of the Contractor’s designated set-up areas. The Contractor may not utilize any other locations unless permission is obtained from the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall permit the Owner and Engineer access to the staging, work areas and test areas at any time, as required to perform inspections and review mock- ups. The Contractor shall not move or remove staging or access to the work areas until instructed by the Owner and Engineer to do so. Any staging or access to the work areas removed by the Contractor without approval of Owner and Engineer, shall be reinstalled and set-up at the request of the Owner and/or Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Other specific requirements of the Owner will be addressed and outlined at the Pre- Construction meeting to be held prior to the start of work.
D. Contractor shall provide temporary sanitary facilities in a location agreeable to the Owner. Use of the sanitary facilities within the building is not permitted.
E. Owner will assist in controlling occupancy. Contractor shall provide and place portable barricades, as coordinated with the Owner, under work areas inside the buildings.
F. Take precautions necessary and provide equipment, materials and labor to adequately protect previous construction, the building, its contents and occupants, and surrounding landscaped areas from damage due to construction as well as from inclement weather during construction.
1.3 UTILITIES
A. The Owner, through exterior electrical outlets, if operable, will provide electrical service to the Contractor free of charge. Use shall be limited to construction hours. The Contractor and/or subcontractors shall provide their own electrical generator for welding equipment, HEPA vacuum, and grinding equipment. The Owner reserves the right to charge the Contractor(s) for excessive electrical service usage (i.e., wasteful usage). Should charges be considered, the Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of his intent 48 hours in advance.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Owner will provide water for construction purposes free of charge through exterior water spigots, if operable. The Owner reserves the right to charge the Contractor for excessive or wasteful use. Should charges be considered, the Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of his intent 48 hours in advance. The Contractor shall provide drinking water.
C. Contractor shall provide all other utilities required by the work.
D. Electrical work, including reinstallation of equipment and other work to be performed by the Contractor, shall be carried out without interference to the building's normal operation. Where work requires interruption of service, the Contractor shall make advance arrangements with the Owner for dealing with such interruption.
E. Ensure proper and safe operation and maintenance of utility systems within the construction limits, whether these are supplied by the Owner's distribution system or otherwise, until the Owner accepts the work. Maintain and operate appurtenances within the construction area that serve the distribution system, subject to periodic inspection by the Owner's operating personnel. Inspection by any representative or personnel of the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities in connection with operation and maintenance of these facilities and equipment.
1.4 BARRIERS
The Contractor shall install secure temporary fencing, warning lines, barriers and the like, as required by the Owner, to segregate the construction areas from existing facilities, occupants and the public. Access cannot be interrupted in the construction area.
All work areas shall be provided with barriers at any time that the work area is unattended such as at breaks and during lunch.
The Contractor shall provide protection above doorways, sidewalks and interior areas below the construction area. The Contractor shall also be required to conform to OSHA requirements. The Contractor shall provide guard lights on all barriers and all lighting necessary to prevent vandalism of work and storage areas. The Owner is not responsible for Contractor's losses due to damage or theft by vandals.
1.5 CONTAINMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS
During construction operations, the Contractor is responsible for the containment of all dust, dirt, debris, overspray and run-off resulting from the work. The Contractor shall collect and contain all materials and repair any resulting damage to adjacent surfaces, window finishes, site fixtures or personal property.
1.6 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
A. Provide suitable Owner-approved temporary protection to prevent the entrance of debris, obstructions, and water infiltration into the building. Provide warning signs to reroute personnel around areas of dangerous work. Place warning barriers at roof
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
perimeters and at deck openings. Clearly label temporary covers over deck openings. Do not permit openings to remain unprotected overnight. Schedule operations to allow for completion of new roofing over a predetermined area of roof within a day's work. Use special care to avoid damaging existing roofing and flashing when working on the roof of the building.
B. Provide temporary tie-ins between existing and new roof systems as specified and detailed. Tie-in construction shall completely prevent interior leaks, migration of moisture from existing to new construction and damage of any type to the facilities. Provide necessary quality control at tie-ins on a daily basis to prevent leaks.
C. Avoid traffic on completed roof areas. Coordinate work to prevent this situation. Should temporary access be required, provide temporary substrate protection for trafficked areas.
D. Protect materials scheduled for reuse from damage by placing them in labeled containers or wrappings stored in a weathertight trailer.
E. Provide temporary protection such as plywood and tarps for streets, drives, curbs, sidewalks, landscaping and existing exterior improvements during all phases of the project.
1.7 DEBRIS REMOVAL
A. The Owner shall designate crane and refuse container locations. This area shall be sectioned off with proper warning lines.
B. Removed materials shall not be thrown freely from the roof but shall be lowered to the ground by crane in suitable containers or in an enclosed chute, in order to reduce the spread of dust and other debris.
C. Supply adequate covered receptacles for waste, debris and rubbish. One receptacle will be allowed on site at a time, and must be immediately removed from the site when full. Clean the project area daily and prior to moving the receptacle to another location on the site. Locations shall be as permitted by the Owner. Disposal shall be off-site in a legal dump authorized to accept construction demolition solid wastes. The Contractor shall be responsible for receptacle-related damage to site grounds.
1.8 VOLATILE MATERIALS
A. The Contractor is reminded that the adhesives, solvents, bitumens, etc., are highly volatile and flammable materials. Do not store these materials, contaminated tools, applicators or rags, on or within the buildings. No overnight storage on the roofs will be allowed. Do not transport materials through the building. Take precautions and closely follow the Specification requirements for fire protection on site during construction.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Locate and use flame-heated equipment so as not to endanger the structure, other materials on site, or adjacent property. Do not place flame-heated equipment on the roof. Locate and use flame-heated equipment in specific areas approved by the Owner. Do not relocate flame-heated equipment without prior approval from the Owner.
C. The use of flame-heated equipment or torches on the roof is prohibited unless specifically approved in writing by the Owner.
1.9 FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide necessary temporary fire protection for the buildings, their contents and materials during construction. Do not store combustibles inside the buildings or on the roofs. Store adhesives, caulks and cleaning solvents away from the building using a method approved by local fire officials. Should cutting, burning or welding be necessary, provide a fire watch during operations and for four hours minimum after completion of the operations.
B. Do not use open flames near adhesives, caulks or cleaning solvents as they will readily ignite. Rags soaked with cleaning solvent shall not be discarded in the dumpsters, but shall be stored in a separate metal receptacle and removed from the site daily.
C. Comply with local fire codes and obtain permits necessary from the local fire department. Provide a copy to the Owner. Provide recently tested, fully charged fire extinguishers around the storage area, rubbish receptacle and two fire extinguishers on the roof within 50 feet of the Work.
1.10 INTERIOR PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
A. Protect and cover fixed items, furniture, equipment, appliances, fixtures, bookcases, etc. within the buildings below the work areas.
B. At the Owner's direction, remove portable furniture, equipment, appliances, fixtures, materials, stock, etc. within the buildings below the work area to an adjacent area for protection.
C. Remove, temporarily support, suspend and protect existing items requiring removal during the installation of the new work and properly replace these items to their original condition and to the Owner's satisfaction. These items include, but are not limited to, suspended ceilings, lighting fixtures, heating and air handing ductwork, electrical conduit, etc.
1.11 NOTIFICATION
Notify the Owner at least 72 hours in advance of the desire to extend, connect, disconnect, or turn on or off HVAC, steam, electric, water or other service from the Owner's supply systems. Authorized representatives of the Owner shall witness the actual operation. Plumbing, heating and electrical work, including installation of equipment and any other work
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
to be performed by the Contractor, shall be carried out without interference with the Owner's normal operation. Where work requires interruption of a service, make advance arrangements with the Owner for dealing with such interruption. All disconnections, extensions and reconnections of HVAC, steam, electric, water or other service shall be performed by a licensed and certified technician capable of completing the work.
1.12 CRANES AND HOISTING EQUIPMENT
All hoisting equipment and machinery required for the proper and expeditious prosecution and progress of the work shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in a safe condition by the Contractor. All costs for hoisting operating services shall be borne by the Contractor including street permits and police details.
1.13 ACCESS TO THE WORK
If the Contractor needs interior building access, he shall provide a request to the Owner with 48 hours notice. Access to the site shall be as directed by the Owner.
Work locations must be closed to the public. Security procedures must be established so that entry to work areas is restricted to authorized personnel only.
1.14 VEHICLES
The Owner shall designate acceptable areas for the locations of the Contractor's vehicles. No other areas may be utilized without the Owner's permission.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities.docx
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
WEATHER PROTECTION AND MATERIALS STORAGE
SECTION 01 63 00
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions and provide all equipment, materials and labor necessary to adequately protect the Contract Area, previous construction, the building and its contents and occupants, and surrounding landscape areas from damage due to the construction or inclement weather during construction.
B. No storage on or within the building will be allowed.
C. The Contractor shall provide all access to the work. Staging and other access shall be provided until new work has been accepted by the Owner.
D. The Contractor, workmen and agents will not be permitted within the building except where necessary to install the work. The Owner’s prior permission is necessary.
1.2 WEATHER PROTECTION
A. Weather protection shall mean the temporary protection of that work adversely affected by moisture, wind, heat and cold by covering, patching, sealing, enclosing, ventilating, cooling and/or heating. This protection shall be provided for all work areas, the building and its contents, trafficked adjacent areas, and all construction materials and accessories.
B. The cost of heat, fuel and power necessary for proper weather protection shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
C. Installation of weather protection shall comply with all safety regulations, including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices.
1.3 FIRE PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary fire protection for the building, building contents and materials during construction. The Contractor shall provide incombustible protective blankets where necessary to protect surfaces or building contents from damage.
B. At no time shall any combustibles be stored inside the building. All adhesives, caulks and cleaning solvents shall be stored well away from the building in a method approved by local fire officials.
C. Should any cutting, burning or welding be necessary, the Contractor shall provide a fire watch. This watch will continue during the operations and for four hours minimum after completion.
WEATHER PROTECTION AND MATERIALS STORAGE 01 63 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. At no time shall open flames be present around adhesives, caulks or cleaning solvents as they will readily ignite. Rags soaked with cleaning solvents shall not be discarded in the dumpsters, but shall be stored in a metal receptacle and removed from the site daily.
E. The Contractor shall be required to comply with all local fire codes and shall obtain all permits necessary from the local fire department and provide one (1) copy to the Engineer.
F. The Contractor shall provide recently tested, fully charged fire extinguishers around the storage area, rubbish receptacle and two (2) within 100 feet of the work area or as specifically required by local fire officials.
1.4 MATERIAL STORAGE
A. On-site material storage shall be in enclosed, well- ventilated trailers. Trailers shall not be used for the storage of flammable substances. All flammable substances shall be brought to the site daily and unused materials removed at the end of the workday. All trailers shall be located on-site and locations shall be as accepted by the Owner.
B. Rooftop storage of materials will not be permitted without express written acceptance from the Owner/Engineer. Should such acceptance be provided, storage will be limited and evenly distributed over structural supports.
C. All woodwork shall be stored on elevated piles to allow for air circulation below and tipped in one direction to effectively drain moisture. Lumber shall be completely wrapped, including bottoms, in waterproof, breathable tarps. Tarps shall be tied down to protect against wind blow- off. Should delays in the project be anticipated, all lumber shall be stored in covered storage trailers.
D. In the event that materials are exposed to the elements, they shall be marked as unacceptable and immediately removed from the site. They may not be used.
E. On-site storage of materials are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner is not responsible for Contractor’s losses due to damage or vandalism.
1.5 ROOF PROTECTION
A. The Contractor is responsible for the prompt repair of any damage to the existing roof systems resulting from the work at the project.
B. The Contractor shall provide adequate ridge hung, padded access ladders to traffic the sloped roof scaffolding.
WEATHER PROTECTION AND MATERIALS STORAGE 01 63 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.6 NOTIFICATION
If, during the Contract period, the Contractor is notified of insufficient weather protection, he shall, immediately, properly restore the weather protection and repair or replace any damaged unprotected materials and systems. Should the Contractor not effect immediate repair or replacement when notified, the Owner shall have the proper protection installed at the Contractor's expense.
1.7 MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION
A. The manufacturers of all the materials shall supply written instructions concerning the storage and handling of all supplied materials, including sealants, and accessories. The manufacturer shall also provide information concerning storage and handling of flammable or volatile materials.
B. Storage facilities shall be acceptable to the manufacturer and conform to his written requirements concerning temperature, humidity, ventilation and the like.
C. The "shelf-life" of materials shall be provided with the date of manufacture of all perishables, including volatiles, caulkings and mastics.
D. The Contractor shall supply a copy of all manufacturer's written instructions to the Owner and Engineer as outlined in Section 01 33 00 - Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall comply with all storage and handling requests and instructions of the manufacturer.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 01 63 00 Weather Protection and Materials Storage.docx
WEATHER PROTECTION AND MATERIALS STORAGE 01 63 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PROJECT CLOSE-OUT
SECTION 01 77 00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section contains requirements for items to be completed by the Contractor prior to Owner's final acceptance.
1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Substantial completion for this project is defined as the date when the Owner and Owner's Representative mutually agree and certify that all project related work has been properly installed and completed in a manner conforming to the Contract Documents. Work specified within the Contract Documents which has not been performed or has been performed in a manner which does not conform with the Contract Documents shall be deemed as not achieving substantial completion.
1.3 CLOSE-OUT INSPECTION
Notify Owner or Owner’s Representative in writing that the Work of the project has been completed and is ready for inspection. After work is deemed substantially complete, and only minor repair items remain, the Owner's Representative shall tour the project site and compile a list of these items. Minor repair items are those items which have been properly installed and are functional, but which require cosmetic repair or cleaning which does not affect the systems' integrity. A copy of the list shall be sent to the Contractor who shall then correct each item. The Contractor shall certify completion of the itemized repair list to the Owner's Representative and request a re-inspection in writing. Should the Contractor delay correction of the list of items for more than 30 days, the Owner may have the deficiencies repaired by others at the Contractor's expense.
1.4 PUNCH LIST REINSPECTION
After providing written notification to the Owner and Engineer that the punch list work has been completed, the Owner and Engineer will perform one (1) re-inspection. Should additional re-inspections be required due to punch list items which are not completed or improperly completed, the costs of these re-inspections will be assessed to the Contractor as liquidated damages.
1.5 MATERIALS MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION
After the re-inspection by the Owner's Representative, the Materials Manufacturer shall be required to tour the site. Announce the Materials Manufacturer's site inspection to both the Owner and Owner's Representative 72 hours prior to its occurrence. Provide the Materials Manufacturer's Representative written reports to the Owner indicating the determination of
PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 01 77 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
whether the materials have been installed as intended by the Manufacturer to the Owner. Items determined not so installed shall be removed and reinstalled so as to comply with the Materials Manufacturer's intended use, within the parameters of this Specification at no additional cost to the Owner. Issuance of Warranty prior to Materials Manufacturer's inspection is prohibited.
1.6 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS
When both the Owner's Representative and the Materials Manufacturer's Representative agree that the Contractor has performed according to the Specifications and has installed the materials to the satisfaction of the Materials Manufacturer, submit the following:
A. Specified Contractor's and Materials Manufacturer's Warranties and Guaranties. B. Executed Punch List Inspection Letter. C. Consent of Surety to Final Payment (AIA Form G707). D. Lien Releases from Contractor, subcontractor and suppliers (AIA Forms G706, G706A). E. Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims. F. Final Application and Certificate for Payment. G. As-built Drawings. H. MSBA related documents. I. Other documents which may be specifically required by the City of Lowell or the Engineer.
1.7 RETAINAGE RELEASE
When guaranties, warranties, certificates of compliance, and lien releases have been received by the Owner, and the Work has been accepted by the Owner as complete, the Owner shall release retainage monies to the Contractor and other monies retained by the Owner to ensure project completion in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 01 77 00 Project Close-out.docx
PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 01 77 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
SECTION 02 41 19
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1, Sections 01 11 00 to 01 70 00 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Cast Stone Replacement – Section 03 45 00 C. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 D. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 E. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 F. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00 G. Doors and Hardware – Section 08 10 00 H. Metal Windows – Section 08 51 00 I. Insulated Translucent Panel Skylight System – Section 08 95 00 J. Painting and Coating - Section 09 90 00 K. Plumbing – Section 22 30 00 L. Temporary Mechanical / Electrical Disconnects – Section 26 10 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
In general, the Contractor and Sub-contractor(s) shall supply all labor, transportation materials, equipment, temporary protection, staging, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work as required in the specifications, in accordance with good construction practice and as shown on the Contract Drawings. The work under this section generally includes the following:
A. General Contractor
1. Dispose of all demolished materials, dirt, rubbish, and debris off-site in a legal dumping area. The Contractor shall obtain all permits necessary to transport and dispose of all materials, rubbish and debris affected by the scope of work, including the work of the sub-contractors.
2. At roof areas A, B, C, D, E, F, G, J, K, M1, & M2 remove and dispose of roofing assembly as indicated on Contract Drawings.
3. At roof areas H, L, N, O, P, & Q remove and dispose of existing skylight assembly and associated components.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. At roof area D remove existing interior and exterior window and perimeter sealants and caulkings from all windows and skylights.
5. Remove existing louvers, flashings, sealants, and prepare openings for new work at Roof Area D indicated in the Contract Drawings. Coordinate with Section 26 10 00 Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects.
6. Remove existing wooden fence and associated materials on roof area D.
7. Remove existing window adjacent to roof area K.
8. Remove existing roof skylight glass, frame, flashings, vent within penthouse roofs, and roof area D internally mounted translucent panel skylights, attachment clips within stairwell, and windows where indicated in the Contract Drawings. Prepare openings for new work.
9. Remove existing penthouse door and metal indicated on Contract Drawings and prepare opening for new work.
10. Remove all existing blocking, ductwork insulation above the roof, and all wooden sleepers indicated in the Contract Drawings.
11. Remove existing roof drains, clamping rings, and strainers from roof area drains over concrete deck, indicated on the Contract Drawings.
12. Remove existing roof drains, clamping rings, strainers and bowls from metal deck roof areas indicated on the Contract Drawings.
13. Temporarily disconnect, tag, remove, protect, and store existing rooftop equipment, associated mechanical / electrical penetrations, and conduits affected by work indicated on the Contract Drawings and remove all existing curbs. Coordinate this work with Section 26 10 00 Temporary Mechanical / Electrical Disconnects. Any utility shutoff to be coordinated with and approved by the Owner prior to work, provide a minimum 48- hour notice.
B. Masonry Filed Sub
1. Remove parapet caps with two courses of brick masonry indicated on the Contract Drawings.
2. Remove, tag, store, and protect existing terra cotta parapet caps and take extreme care not to cause further damage for reinstallation.
3. Remove existing precast stone parapet caps and take extreme care not to cause further damage, to be replicated.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. Remove existing brick masonry, weeps, flashings, termination bars, and sealants for all new scuppers and through wall flashings locations as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Coordinate this work with the Roofing Contractor section 07 53 00 for limits and work activities.
5. Temporarily support all masonry to remain above affected areas of brick masonry removal.
6. Chip out and remove existing concrete substrate around perimeter of existing roof drain bowls as required to remove existing roof drain bowls. Prepare to receive new grout.
7. Remove coating and underlying paint from all parapet caps to remain including those salvaged.
C. Plumbing Filed Sub
1. Temporarily disconnect, tag, remove, protect, and store existing gas line af- fected by work indicated on the Contract Drawings and remove all existing curbs.
DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity, interruption of utility services, use of elevator and stairs, and locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.
B. Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
D. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site with Architect/Engineer and Owner.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disturbed or disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at the time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
C. Notify the Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.
D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials other than what is noted will be encountered in the Work.
1. If additional materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
F. The Contractor shall remove only as many the existing doors and frames as can be replaced the same day with new doors, frames and hardware complete in working order. The Contractor shall inspect the installation and ascertain that locks are properly secured and exit devices, latches, and security switches are functioning at the end of the day.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine the extent of the selective demolition required.
C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect.
E. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.
F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs and submit photographs to the Owner and Architect prior to the commencement of work.
G. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris- removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, adjacent classrooms/interior spaces, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities."
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Do not leave the interior of the building exposed at anytime. The building interior at envelope removal locations shall be completely protected during demolition operations.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to the dimensions required. Do not overcut. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.
4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
6. Items to be removed and disposed of include, but may not be limited to, the following:
a. Existing plaza deck concrete pavers, sand setting bed, insulation waterproofing membrane and associated flashings.
b. Existing benches, and planters with associated plantings and soil. Planters reportedly contain asbestos coatings.
c. Existing light poles mounted to the plaza deck and all associated wiring.
d. Existing plaza deck drains, clamping rings and under deck clamps.
e. Existing brick masonry at designated parapet walls and areas to receive new through wall flashings.
f. Existing louver and associated duct work from seating arrangement over elevator shaft.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
g. Existing railing systems from plaza deck perimeters.
h. Existing bituminous pavement, concrete approach slab and topsoil.
B. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents and place of origin within the building, including room number, on the exterior of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers and locations of origin within the building, including room number. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 5. Items to be removed and reinstalled include the following: a. Existing curtain walls, glass, doors and associated door hardware.
D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition, and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, remove demolished materials from the Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off the Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and area of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 02 41 19 Selective Demo.doc
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 8 Plaza Deck Replacement at the Ladd Library and Coram Library Bates College, Lewiston, ME Gale JN 833400
CONCRETE FORMWORK
SECTION 03 10 00 (to be included with the Masonry Filed-Sub Bid)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1, Sections 01 11 00 to 01 70 00 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Selective Demolition – Section 02 41 19 C. Cast Stone Concrete – Section 03 45 00 D. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 E. Masonry – Section 04 50 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Sub-contractor shall supply all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items:
1. Furnish, erect, and remove after use, all concrete formwork and accessories, as required for cast-in-place concrete work.
2. Forms are to be scribed from original parapet cap and are to be reviewed and approved by owner. Rejected forms will be discarded and new forms will be made, this process will continue until approval is obtained from the Owner.
3. Forms are to be surrendered to owner upon project completion and stored in approved location.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards (current edition). Where these standards conflict with other requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern.
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 1 Plaza Deck Replacement at the Ladd Library and Coram Library Bates College, Lewiston, ME Gale JN 833400
1. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) 2. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete 3. ACI 318/318R Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary 4. ACI 347R Guide to Formwork for Concrete 5. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) 6. ASTM C578 Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation 7. AMERICAN HARDBOARD ASSOCIATION (AHA) 8. AHA A135.4 Basic Hardboard 9. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (DOC) 10. DOC PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood 11. STATE OF MAINE – BUREAU OF BUILDING CODES & STANDARDS
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Shop Drawings and Submittals: 1. Data: Design analysis and calculations for form design and methodology used in the design. 2. Manufacturer's data, including literature describing form materials, accessories, and form releasing agents. 3. Drawings: Drawings showing details of formwork including, joints, supports, studding and shoring and the sequence of form and shoring removal. 4. Instructions: Manufacturer's recommendation on method and rate of application of form releasing agents.
1.6 DESIGN
A. Formwork shall be designed in accordance with methodology of ACI 347R for anticipated loads, lateral pressures and stresses.
B. Forms shall be capable of producing a surface which meets the requirements of the class of finish specified in Section 03 45 00 Cast Stone Replacement.
C. Forms shall be capable of withstanding the pressures resulting from the placement and vibration of concrete, in addition to applicable and anticipated construction loads.
1.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Unless otherwise specified herein, or indicated on the drawings, concrete formwork construction and materials shall conform to ACI 301, 318, and 347, and the following tolerances:
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 2 Plaza Deck Replacement at the Ladd Library and Coram Library Bates College, Lewiston, ME Gale JN 833400
TABLE 1: TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES 1. Variations from the plumb. In any 10 feet of length. ¼ inch a. In the lines and surfaces of piers, Maximum for entire length and 1 inch walls. in arises.
2. Variation from the level or from In any 10 feet of length. ¼ inch 3 the grades indicated on the In any bay or in any 20 feet of /8 inch drawings. length. 3. Variation in the thickness of Minus. ¼ inch slabs and walls. Plus. ½ inch
4. Footings. a. Variation of dimensions in plan. When formed: Minus. ½ inch When placed against Plus. 2 inches unformed excavation: Plus. 3 inches b. Misplacement of the eccentricity. 2 percent of the footing width in direction of misplacement. 2 inches But not more than c. Reduction in thickness. Minus. 5 percent of spec- ified thickness
B. The maximum deflection of form facing materials at concrete surfaces exposed to view shall be L/240 of span.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms are to be Class A finished surfaces shall be plywood panels conforming to DOC PS 1, Grade B-B concrete form panels, Class I or II. Other form materials or liners may be used, provided the smoothness and appearance of the concrete produced will be equivalent to that produced by the plywood concrete form panels.
B. Form ties shall be factory-fabricated metal ties, shall be of the removable or internal disconnecting or snap-off type, and shall be of a design that will not permit form deflection and will not spall concrete upon removal. Solid backing shall be provided for each tie. Except where removable tie rods are used, ties shall not leave holes in the concrete surface less than ¼ inch, nor more than 1 inch deep and not more than 1 inch in diameter. Removable tie rods shall not be more than 1-½ inches in diameter.
C. Form releasing agents shall be commercial formulations that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces. Agents shall not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces, depending upon bond or adhesion, nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds.
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 3 Plaza Deck Replacement at the Ladd Library and Coram Library Bates College, Lewiston, ME Gale JN 833400
D. Form release agents shall be fully compatible with project specified foundation waterproofing, damp-proofing, vapor barriers and sealants.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Forms shall be mortar tight, properly aligned, and adequately supported to produce concrete surfaces meeting the surface requirements specified in Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. Forms shall conform to construction tolerances given in TABLE 1, "Tolerances for Formed Surfaces", of this Section, Part 1.
B. Where concrete surfaces are to have a Class A or Class B finish, joints in form panels shall be arranged as approved. Where forms for continuous surfaces are placed in successive units, care shall be taken to fit the forms over the completed surface so as to obtain accurate alignment of the surface and to prevent leakage of mortar.
C. Forms shall not be reused if there is any evidence of surface wear and tear, or defects which would impair the quality of the surface. Surfaces of forms to be reused shall be cleaned of mortar from previous concreting and of all other foreign material before reuse.
D. Form ties that are to be completely withdrawn shall be coated with a non-staining bond breaker.
E. Formwork and form ties shall not be placed in a location or manner which would cause interference with or impede the performance of reinforcing, embedded items or water stops.
3.2 CHAMFERING
A. Except as otherwise shown, external corners that will be exposed shall be chamfered, beveled or rounded by moldings placed in the forms.
3.3 COATING
A. Forms for Class A and Class B finished surfaces shall be coated with a form releasing agent before the form or reinforcement is placed in final position. The coating shall be used as recommended in the manufacturer's printed or written instructions.
B. Forms for Class C and D finished surfaces may be wet with water, in lieu of coating immediately, before placing concrete; except that in cold weather with probable freezing temperatures, coating shall be mandatory.
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 4 Plaza Deck Replacement at the Ladd Library and Coram Library Bates College, Lewiston, ME Gale JN 833400
C. Surplus coating on form surfaces and coating on reinforcing steel and construction joints shall be completely removed before placing concrete. Insofar as practical, form release agents shall be applied to form surfaces prior to placing the forms into position.
3.4 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Forms shall be removed in a manner that will prevent damage to the concrete and will ensure the complete safety of the structure. Formwork for footings, walls and other parts not supporting the weight of concrete may be removed when the concrete has attained sufficient strength to resist damage from the removal operation, but not before at least 24 hours has elapsed since concrete placement.
B. Supporting forms and shores shall not be removed from walls until the structural units are strong enough to carry their own weight and any other construction or natural loads.
C. In no case will supporting forms or shores be removed before the concrete strength has reached 70 percent of design strengths, as determined by field cured cylinders or other approved methods. This strength shall be demonstrated by job-cured test specimens and by a structural analysis, considering the proposed loads in relation to these test strengths and the strength of the forming and shoring system.
D. The job-cured test specimens for form removal purposes shall be provided in numbers as directed and shall be in addition to those required for concrete quality control. The specimens shall be removed from molds at the age of 24 hours and shall receive, insofar as possible, the same curing and protection as the structures they represent.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 03 10 00 Concrete Formwork.docx
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 03 45 00 (to be included with the Masonry Filed-Sub Bid)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. Division 1, General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 C. Masonry Sub-Bid Requirements – Section 04 00 01 D. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 E. Painting and Coating – Section 09 90 00
1.3 SUMMARY OF WORK
A. In general, the Sub-contractor shall supply all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items:
1. Remove existing precast stone caps at masonry parapets, brick masonry units, and masonry coatings as identified on the Contract Drawings.
2. Remove existing precast stone parapet caps and take extreme care not to cause further damage, to be replicated. Scribe original profiles to create custom molds to cast replica caps, to be approved by owner. Replicas are to match the original caps profile, color, and texture. Dispose of original caps only after replicas have been compared to originals and approved. Once approved cast and install parapet caps with steel dowel anchors and cast-stone cap through wall flashing. Coordinate work with Section 03 10 00 Concrete Formwork for limits and work activities.
3. Form new cast stone caps to match original profile and install with associated flashings, sealants, solders, metal dowel anchors, and flashing accessories as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
4. All existing, salvaged, and new parapet caps to receive a new coating applied in Coordination with Section 09 90 00 Painting and Coating.
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
5. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work.
6. Upon completion of the project and Owners approval, all molds generated for the replacement of cast stone components shall be issued to the Owner and stored in an Owner approved location on site.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. Conform to the following minimum reference standards:
2005 Technical Manual by the Cast Stone Institute PCI Manual for Structural Design of Architectural Precast Concrete PCI Manual 117-Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products ANSI/AWS D1.1. ANSI/ASTM C31 ANSI/ASTM C143 ANSI/ASTM C150 ANSI/ASTM C260 ASTM C33 ASTM C1364 ANSI/ACI 318 Architectural Precast Concrete (Design Manual) by Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute, 2nd Ed., 1989 Cast Stone Institute Technical Manual 04720 and Cast Stone Institute standard specification (2004). American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C33-03 ...... Concrete Aggregates C150-04ae1 ...... Portland Cement C979-99 ...... Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete C1194-03 ...... Compressive Strength of Architectural Cast Stone C1195-03 ...... Absorption of Architectural Cast Stone C3164-03 ...... Standard Specification for Architectural Cast Stone D2244-02e1 ...... Test method for calculation of color differences from instrumentally measured color coordinates
1.5 DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES
All dimensions and quantities shall be determined or verified by the Contractor. Quantities to be carried under the base bid work have been shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contract Drawings have been compiled from various sources and may not reflect the actual condition at the moment of construction. The Contractor is cautioned to take all precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the proposed work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Shop Drawings and Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01 33 00 – Shop Drawings and Submittals.
B. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval complete properly marked setting drawings showing: details and sizes of stones: arrangement of joints, bonding, anchoring details, inserts, joint details, connections to adjoining walls or materials, and method of installation and anchoring.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, shop drawings shall provide the following:
1. Provide suitable wash surfaces on all exterior pieces with exposed top surfaces.
2. The shop drawings shall show the setting mark of each stone and its location on the structure. The stone, when delivered, shall bear the same corresponding mark on an exposed surface.
D. The shop drawings shall show proof that the anchor system and all details have been reviewed and approved by a registered Professional Engineer, certified in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for structural integrity.
E. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and coordinate the drawings with field conditions. The Contractor shall submit the shop drawings to the Engineer for approval.
A. At the completion of the project, the contractor shall provide final documentation of the cast stone mix design and method of material placement, modifications (if any) to the shop drawings for the As Built Conditions, and all molds that were utilized to generate the replacement units.
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Materials which are at a temperature other than the recommended application temperature of the manufacturer or applicable standard shall not be applied.
B. The Contractor shall utilize skilled and experienced specialty workers to install the work. Experienced trade workers shall be utilized for all aspects of the work.
C. Provide masking and protection when applying cleaners and primers to prevent staining or damage to surrounding building finishes.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Cast Stone shall, as a minimum requirement, meet all standards for Architectural Precast Concrete set by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI MNL-117) except where more stringent requirements are described herein.
B. Where the requirements for Cast Stone described in this document differ from the minimum PCI Standards, the more stringent standards shall be followed.
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.9 SAMPLES / MOCK-UPS
A. The Contractor shall submit a 12" x 12" Sample for approval of Color and Texture. The sample shall include the approximate profile of a typical replacement unit for confirmation of site line profiles and configurations for discussion. The texture and color of the cured/cleaned sample shall be compared with a minimum of five existing cast stone components for comparison. Approved sample shall be used as reference sample for acceptance of all pieces on project.
B. It is recommended, though not required, that the contractor provide multiple samples for individual color and texture configurations to reduce potential delays in the submittal/review process.
C. Shop Drawings:
i. Cast stone showing exposed faces, profiles, cross sections, anchorage, reinforcing, jointing and sizes.
ii. Setting drawings with setting mark.
D. Certificates: Test results indicating that the cast stone meets specification requirements and proof of plant certification.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Must have ten (10) years minimum continuous operating experience and have facilities for manufacturing cast stone as described herein. Manufacturer shall have sufficient plant facilities to produce the shapes, quantities and size of cast stone required in accordance with the project schedule.
B. Manufacturer: Must have a certified plant.
C. Stone setter: Must have ten (10) years experience setting cast or natural building stone.
1.11 DELIVERY/STORAGE
A. Should the cast stone components be manufactured off site, they shall be secured on shipping pallets and protected from damage and discoloration.
B. Protect corners from damage.
C. Number each piece individually to match the shop drawings for coordination when placing them within the building elevations.
D. Store cast stone components on pallets with non-staining, waterproofing covers.
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
E. Ventilate under covers to prevent condensation on the cast stone components.
F. Prevent contact with dirt.
PART 2 – MATERIALS
2.1 CAST STONE UNITS
A. It is the intent of this Specification Section to utilize products manufactured by the following or an approved equal:
a. Continental Cast Stone East Manufacturing Inc. b. Northern Design Precast, Inc.
B. The Cast Stone used in this work shall match the control sample. The control sample will be determined during the pre-construction meeting, which will be defined as an existing cast stone component that will be the basis for all samples’ color and texture composition.
C. No bug holes or blow holes will be permitted, and all material shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer.
D. The samples shall be approved by the Engineer before the manufacturer shall be required to proceed with the work.
E. New cast stone as supplied shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1364 ASTM C1364 - 07 Standard Specification for Architectural Cast Stone and shall meet or exceed the following:
i. Compressive Strength – ASTM C 1194: 6,500 psi minimum for products at 28 days.
ii. Water cement ration shall be .45.
iii. Cement shall be Portland Type I White, meeting ASTM C150, Gray Portland cement will be considered if it will provide an acceptable color match.
iv. Fine aggregates shall be carefully graded and washed sand as required to achieve desired texture and color, meeting ASTM C33, except for gradation.
v. Coarse aggregates shall be carefully graded and washed crushed granite, quartz, limestone or white marble as required to achieve desired texture and color, meeting ASTM C33, except for gradation.
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
vi. Cast Stone elements shall be colored with approved pigmentation or dyes not to exceed 5% of the total weight of cementitious material, to achieve desired color.
vii. Air entrainment shall be 5-6% using admixture.
viii. Colors – Inorganic iron oxide pigments, ASTM C 979 except that carbon black pigments shall not be used.
ix. Water shall be potable.
F. Color and finish:
i. Color is to match existing as approved by the Owner.
ii. All surfaces intended to be exposed to view shall have a fine-grained texture similar to natural stone, with no air voids in excess of 1/32 in. and the density of such voids shall be less than 3 occurrences per any 1 in 2 and not obvious under direct daylight illumination at a 5 ft. distance.
iii. Units shall exhibit a texture approximately equal to the approved sample when viewed under direct daylight illumination at a 10 ft distance.
iv. ASTM D 2244 permissible variation in color between units of comparable age subjected to similar weathering exposure.
Cure units in a warm curing chamber 1000 F at 95% relative humidity for approximately 12 hours, or cure in a 95% moist environment at a minimum of 700 F for 16 hours after casting. Additional yard curing at 95% relative humidity shall be 350-degree-days (i.r. 7 days at 500 F or 5 days at 700 F) prior to shipping. Form cured units shall be protected from moisture evaporation with curing blankets or curing compounds after casting.
2.2 SUPPLEMENTAL REINFORCING STEEL
A. All supplemental reinforcing steel bars shall match the same size diameter of the original bars’ diameter prior to its section reduction. Minimum reinforcement shall be .25% of the cross-sectional area.
B. All supplemental reinforcing steel shall be new deformed billet steel conforming to ASTM 615, Grade 60.
C. All bars shall be cold bent in accordance to the proper radii established by the current ACI and CRSI specifications. Under no conditions shall heat be applied to the bars to obtain bends.
D. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185 where applicable for wet cast units.
2.3 MIX
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. All Cast Stone used in this work shall have a minimum compressive strength of 6500 PSI and absorption rate of not greater than 6% when tested in accordance with the requirements of this section. Contractor will be required to provide 28- day compression stress samples for testing (minimum of 2 cylinders per 100 cubic yards of material).
B. Mix shall have 5-6% air entrainment.
C. Water/Cement ratio at time of mix shall not exceed .45/1 by weight.
2.4 TOLERANCES
A. Comply with Cast Stone Institute SM Technical Manual. B. Stone Dimensions - The numerically greater of plus or minus 1/8" in five (5) feet, ¼” in twenty (20) feet or length/360.
C. Setting tolerances - Plus or minus 1/8" out of plane from adjacent unit.
D. Joints, plus – 1/6 in., minus – 1/8 in.
2.5 PRE-CAST CONCRETE CHIMNEY CAP
A. Form new concrete chimney sloped ¼” per foot away from the flutes. Extend cap 2- 1/2” beyond the chimney wall and provide a drip edge at midpoint (1-1/4” minimum away from the chimney wall). Minimum thickness at edge shall be 2-1/2” with minimum thickness at flue shall be 4”.
2.6 THROUGHWALL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Refer to section 04 50 00 Masonry for additional information.
2.7 DOWELS
A. Dowels for use at pre-cast and terra cotta capstones shall be 1/2” diameter, 6” long stainless steel, Type 304.
2.8 GROUT
A. Refer to section 04 50 00 Masonry for additional information.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All cast stone replacement on this project shall be wet cast units; dry tamping replacement will not be permitted.
B. Utilize rotary mixers when fabricating all mortar. Be sure to maintain relative proportions of mortar materials to provide the texture and color to match the
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
existing mortar. Mix all mortar for at least three (3) minutes and not more than five (5) minutes with the minimum amount of water to produce a workable consistency. The maximum allowable air content of cured mortar shall be 12% by volume. Retempering of mortars that have stiffened because of evaporation of water will be allowed in order to provide the proper consistency provided all mortar in a batch is utilized within two (2) hours of initial mixing.
C. Do not leave any partially completed sections exposed to the elements overnight. Provide all devices (including heaters and insulation) necessary to maintain areas at the correct temperature and humidity for proper curing of mortar.
D. Keep covers tight on all evaporative products to prevent premature curing.
E. Do not install the cast stone units until the supporting masonry or concrete has attained minimum allowable design compressive strength should the adjacent components been replaced.
3.2 PARAPET CAP SETTING
A. All cast stone shall be set by experienced masons, accurately and in accordance with the shop and setting drawings. Unless otherwise noted, every stone shall be set in a full bed of mortar, with all vertical joints flushed full. All anchors and dowels shall be firmly placed and all anchor holes and dowel holes and similar holes completely filled with mortar or non-shrink grout.
B. All anchors, dowels and other anchoring devices shall be furnished by the setting contractor as shown on the approved shop drawings using, whenever possible, standard building stone anchors commercially available in stainless steel.
C. All flashings are to be installed prior to cap setting and are to be continuous, secured, and pitched to drain away from assembly.
D. When setting with mortar, all stones not thoroughly wet shall be drenched with clear water just prior to setting.
E. Do not use pry bars or other equipment that could damage cast stone components.
F. After each stone has been set, all joints shall be raked to a depth of 3/4" from the face for pointing. The face of each stone shall then be sponged off to remove any splashed mortar or mortar smears.
G. Only the ends of lugged sills and similar stones shall be embedded in mortar. The balance of joint is to be left open until pointing of stone work. Then point on face only to a depth of 3/4".
H. All stones shall be protected from splashing mortar or damage by other trades. Any foreign matter splashed on the stone should be removed immediately, following manufacturer's recommended procedures.
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
3.3 CHIMNEY CAP INSTALLATION
A. Set dowels into the top coursing of the masonry to receive new chimney cap. Dowels shall be set to prove one (1) dowel per side with four-inch embedment into the masonry and 2” into the concrete cap.
B. Install copper pan over the top of the chimney allowing for the copper to extend past the interior face and exterior face of the masonry to form a ¾” drip. Set flashing in full bed of mastic over the masonry wall. Install copper thimble flashings above threader rods and fully solder to copper pan.
C. Install new pre-cast concrete cap over the newly rebuilt masonry chimney walls in full bed of mortar. Refer to Section 04 50 00 masonry for additional information regarding rebuilding brick masonry parapets.
3.4 PATCHING AND CLEANING
The repair of chipped or damaged cast stone shall be done only by mechanics skilled in this class
END OF SECTION
i:\833360\02 design\specs\833360 03 45 00 cast stone replacement.doc
CAST STONE REPLACEMENT 03 45 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
CONCRETE REPAIRS
SECTION 03 60 00 (to be included with the Masonry Filed-Sub Bid)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Unit Prices – 01 22 00 C. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 D. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00 E. Plumbing – Section 22 30 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Sub-contractor(s) shall supply all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items:.
1. Chip out and grout existing concrete substrate around perimeter of existing roof drain bowls as required to remove existing roof drain bowls and install new roof drain bowls. Coordinate this work with the Plumbing Contractor per Section 22 30 00 for limits and work activities.
2. Repair cracked or spalled concrete roof deck under the Unit Price scope of work. There are no known quantities of deteriorated concrete decking. Refer to Section 01 22 00 for additional information.
3. Clean all areas affected by the work.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain all shoring, supports, barriers, protection, warning lines, lighting and personnel required to support the structure, fixtures and facilities affected by his work and segregate the work area(s) from pedestrian or vehicular traffic, as well as to prevent damage to the building, occupants and the surrounding landscaped and paved areas.
B. Coordinate the work in this section with the work by other trades to ensure the orderly progress of the work.
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03 60 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Materials which have a temperature other than the application temperatures of the manufacturer shall not be applied.
D. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor remove existing materials and systems to the ground in an uncontrolled manner. Machinery or devices used shall be manufactured for this purpose. Adjacent building and property areas shall be protected from airborne debris.
E. During removal operations, the Contractor is responsible for the containment of all dust, dirt, debris, overspray and run-off resulting from the work. The General Contractor shall collect and contain all materials and repair any resulting damage to adjacent surfaces, site fixtures or personal property. Specific attention is drawn to the use of chemicals and cleaners.
1.5 REFERENCES
A. “Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete” (ACI 301) by American Concrete Institute, herein referred to as ACI 301, is included in total as specification for this structure except where more stringent requirements are shown of Drawings or specified herein.
B. Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown on Drawings or specified herein:
1. “Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete” (ACI 318). American Concrete Institute, herein referred to as ACI 318.
2. “Standard Specification for Bonding Hardened Concrete, Steel, Wood, Brick, and Other Materials to Hardened Concrete with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive” (ACI 503.1), American Concrete Institute.
3. “Hot Weather Concreting,” reported by ACI Committee 305 (ACI 305R-91).
4. “Cold Weather Concreting” reported by ACI Committee 306 (ACI 306R-88).
5. ICRI: International Concrete Repair Institute.
6. ASTM: American Society of Testing and Materials.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01 33 00 – Shop Drawings and Submittals.
1.7 UNIT PRICES
A. There are no known quantities of deteriorated concrete roof decking. In the event that these conditions are encountered upon the removal of the existing roof system,
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03 60 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
the Contractor shall carry the additional renovations outlined in Section 01 22 00 Unit Prices under their contract amount. Only those quantities approved by the Owner will be reimbursed.
1.8 CLEAN-UP
A. Site clean-up shall be complete and performed daily to the satisfaction of the Owner.
B. All roof, building (interior and exterior), landscape and parking areas shall be cleaned of all trash, debris and dirt caused by, or associated with, the work.
C. All trash and debris shall be completely removed from the site daily during the work and at the completion of the work. All debris shall be legally disposed of off-site.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 CONCRETE PATCHING COMPOUND
A. Repair mortar for concrete repairs shall be a polymer modified portland cement based patch mortar. Mortar shall be fast-setting, non-sag material such as Sika Top 123 as manufactured by the Sika Corporation, ThoRoc HB2 manufactured by ChemRex, Inc., Mimic by Conproco or approved equal.
2.2 CONCRETE CRACK REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Liquid epoxy injection resin for sealing cracks in the concrete deck greater than 3/16” shall be ThoRoc LV 300 as manufactured by ThoRoc, Inc. Products of equal or greater material quality as manufactured by Conproco Corporation, Sika Corporation, Webac America and Deneef America will be considered for acceptance. Material shall be suitable for injection where only one side of the crack is visible. Injection ports, surface sealers and other accessory items required for the proper installation of the work shall be as specifically recommended by the injection grout manufacturer.
B. Epoxy for sealing surface cracks in the concrete deck less than 3/16” shall be ThoRoc Hi-Mod Epoxy Gel as manufactured by ThoRoc, Inc. Products of equal or greater material quality as manufactured by Conproco Corporation and Sika Corporation will be considered for acceptance.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
A. Do not deliver to site or install any material or system that has not been approved. Materials installed without approval may be required to be removed.
B. The prepared roof deck surface must be dry, clean and smooth. Provide dryers, if necessary, to dry deck surfaces prior to installing new work. Open flame devices shall not be used.
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03 60 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions and these Specifications for all renovations and associated work.
D. Partial or unmarked cans of materials cannot be used.
3.2 CONCRETE SPALL REPAIRS
A. Remove areas of spalled, cracked, loose or otherwise unsuitable concrete from the existing roof deck. Define all repair areas with 1/4” deep saw cut. Undercut or “key” in spall repair edges on at least two opposite sides to mechanically retain the repair. Cuts shall not overlap at corners.
B. Completely remove all dust, grease and other impurities via compressed air and wire brushes, chipping, grinding or other methods as required to achieve an acceptable bonding surfaces.
C. Prepare the surface of the existing concrete to receive the repair mortar. Dampen the existing surface area with clean potable water. Provide a 1/8” minimum aggressive surface profile with fractured aggregate. Tool marks should be visible.
D. Apply primer to all bonding surfaces as recommended by the repair mortar manufacturer.
E. Install repair mortar to properly prepared areas. Mix repair mortar in accordance with the materials manufacturer’s instructions. At spall repairs with a depth greater than 1”, mix in 3/8” aggregate as required by the mortar manufacturer. Utilize the manufacturer’s recommended mix rates. Do not apply spall repair material over corroded reinforcing.
F. The concrete substrates may require wetting with water prior to installing the repair mortar. Consult with the manufacturer’s instructions prior to initiating repairs.
G. Finish the repairs flush with the existing roof surface. Fast setting concrete repair materials shall cure for a minimum of 2 hours prior to the installation of the new roof materials, or as recommended by the materials submitted.
H. The Contractor will be required to provide all temporary protection of the new and existing concrete roof system that will require curing during the installation process. Any damage as a result of improper protection, or the installation of the new roof system prior to the proper cure duration, shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.3 EPOXY INJECTION REPAIRS
A. Install tape along perimeters of crack to limit the amount of surface sealer which contacts concrete. Spread surface sealer a minimum of 1/2” past the crack termination. The surface sealer shall have a uniform thickness of 1/8” minimum to 3/16” maximum.
B. Inject water into cracks to pre-wet the bonding surfaces. While the interior bonding surfaces are still wet, inject grout until clearly visible at the next entry port indicating
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03 60 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
that crack void is filled to that point. Pressure of injections of grout shall not exceed 200 psi unless instructed otherwise by the Engineer. Injection will begin at the bottom port or lowest port installed in the crack.
C. Immediately following injection at each entry port, plug port to prevent escape of injected grout.
D. Repeat until crack void is completely filled. Confine any spills and collect with an absorbent material.
E. Allow crack repair material to properly cure as recommended by the material manufacturer.
F. Remove all strippable sealer, tape and associated residue from concrete surfaces, using sharp sided tools such as a putty knife or trowel.
3.4 CLEAN-UP
Prior to acceptance of the masonry work covered in this section, the General Contractor shall perform a thorough clean-up of the work site, building surfaces, landscaping, etc. Any plantings or other items damaged shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 03 60 00 Concrete Repairs.docx
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03 60 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
MASONRY FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 04 00 01
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. Attention is directed to all Sections of DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT/ CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the specifications.
B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-Bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL), Public Bidding Law – Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law – Chapter 30.
C. Specification requirements for the Filed Sub-Bid “Masonry” include all of the following listed Specification Sections, in their entirety:
1. Summary of Work – 01 10 00 2. Unit Prices – 01 22 00 3. Cast Stone Replacement - Section 03 45 00 4. Concrete Repairs - Section 03 60 00 5. Masonry - Section 04 50 00
D. The work to be completed by the “Masonry” Filed Sub-Contractor is identified in the Contract Drawings.
Examine all Drawings and other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Filed Sub-Contract.
E. “Masonry” is stipulated as a Filed Sub-Bid under PART E, Item 2 of the FORM FOR GENERAL BID.
F. All Sub-Bids shall be submitted on the FORM FOR SUB-BID furnished by the Awarding Authority, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, accompanied with the required bid deposit.
G. Sub-bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in the INVITATION FOR BIDS.
1. The following shall appear on the upper left-hand corner of the envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: ______
MASONRY FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 04 00 01 - 1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
SUB-BID FOR TRADE: ______
H. Specific information relating to sub-bidders is set forth in the Contract Documents, under the heading “INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS”, Including Sub-Bidders” and the attention of sub-bidders is directed thereto.
I. Reference Drawings: The work of this Filed Sub-Bid is shown on the following Contract Drawings:
G100 Cover Sheet G101 Conceptual Tapered Insulation Plan & Roof Cross Sections C101 Site Plan AD102 Partial Roof Area Demolition Plan AD103 Partial Roof Area Demolition Plan AD201 Partial Rising Wall Demolition Elevations A101 Overall Roof Area Plan A102 Partial Roof Area Plan A103 Partial Roof Area Plan A201 Partial Rising Wall Elevations A202 Partial Penthouse Elevations A501 Details A502 Details A504 Details A505 Details A506 Details A507 Details
1.2 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS
A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner) will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor’s or Filed Sub-Contractor’s failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Company specializing in work described in the above listed individual specification sections with minimum 5 years documented experience.
1.4 SEQUENCING
MASONRY FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 04 00 01 - 2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Coordinate work of this Filed-Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work.
B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals, required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed-Subcontract, have been received and approved by the Engineer.
C. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived.
1.5 INSTALLER’S WARRANTY
A. In addition to other specified warranties, both in the Conditions of the Contract and in individual Sections of this Filed Sub-bid, the Filed Sub-Contractor will be held responsible for the satisfactory performance of all products installed under this trade for a period of two years. All deficiencies in products provided under this trade and related components which do not meet the specifications are to be corrected promptly at no expense to the Owner during the warranty period.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING
A. Normal access to the roof areas will be provided by the General Contractor for use by all Sub-Contractors. Portable ladders and mobile platforms required for use by this Filed Sub-Contractor, shall be provided by this Filed Sub-Contractor.
2.2 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
A. All hoisting equipment, rigging equipment, dumpsters, generators, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed Sub-Contractor shall be furnished and maintained by this Filed Sub-Contractor. Equipment shall be operated in safe conditions by the Filed Sub-Contractor trained and certified for use of such equipment.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
MASONRY FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 04 00 01 - 3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 04 00 01 Masonry Sub Bid Reqmts.docx
MASONRY FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 04 00 01 - 4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
MASONRY
SECTION 04 50 00 (Filed Sub-Bid Required)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Selective Demolition – Section 02 41 19 C. Unit Prices – 01 22 00 D. Cast Stone Replacement – Section 03 45 00 E. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 F. Metal Roof Ladders – Section 05 51 33 G. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 H. Metal Wall Panels – Section 07 42 13 I. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00 J. Painting and Coating – Section 09 90 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Sub-contractor(s) shall supply all labor, transportation materials, equipment, temporary protection, staging, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work as required in the specifications, in accordance with good construction practice and as shown on the Contract Drawings. The work under this section generally includes the following:
1. Remove and install new brick masonry and mortar under Unit Price scope of work. There are no known quantities of defective brick units. Refer to Section 01 22 00 for additional information.
2. Remove coating and underlying paint from all parapet caps to remain including those salvaged. Install new masonry coating on all masonry parapets, concrete caps, and terra cotta caps. Coordinate with Section 09 90 00 Painting and Coating for limits and work activities.
3. Remove existing terra cotta parapet caps and take extreme care not to cause further damage, to be reinstalled and recoated. Contractor is responsible for
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
replacing any damaged caps at no additional cost to the owner. Coordinate with Section 09 90 00 Painting and Coating for limits and work activities.
4. Remove existing brick masonry, weeps, flashings, termination bars, and sealants for all new scuppers and through wall flashings locations as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Coordinate this work with the Roofing Contractor section 07 53 00 for limits and work activities.
5. Chip out and remove existing concrete substrate around perimeter of existing roof drain bowls as required to remove existing roof drain bowls. Prepare to receive new grout.
6. Grout Solid CMU parapet walls where indicated on the Contract Documents.
7. Install new brick masonry units, concrete masonry units at roof area D wall openings, through wall flashings, counter flashings, weeps, termination bars, sealants, and accessories as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Coordinate this work with the Roofing Contractor per Section 07 53 00 for limits and work activities.
a. Coordinate work time with the City, as the interior of the school rooms may be occupied during school hours.
b. Install two courses of brick masonry, mortar, and flashings along on all parapets indicated on the Contract Drawings.
8. Install precast stone and terra cotta caps with metal dowel anchors and flashings at areas identified on the Contract Drawings.
9. Grout solid chipped concrete area at roof drains and prepare to receive drain system. Coordinate this work with the Roofing Contractor per Section 07 53 00 and Plumbing Contractor per Section 22 30 00 for limits and work activities.
10. Clean all area affected by the Work with masonry or appropriate cleaners.
1.4 DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES
All dimensions and quantities shall be determined or verified by the Contractor. Quantities to be carried under the base bid work have been shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contract Drawings have been compiled from various sources and may not reflect the actual condition at the moment of construction. The Contractor is cautioned to take all precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the proposed work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. The Contractor shall utilize skilled and experience specialty workers having a minimum of five (5) years experience in masonry renovation to perform the work. Experienced trade workers shall be utilized for all aspects of the masonry work.
B. Do not leave partially completed sections exposed to the elements overnight. Provide all devices necessary to maintain areas at the correct temperature and humidity for proper curing of mortar.
C. To prevent staining of adjacent construction during the work, immediately remove mortar or coating which comes into contact with exterior surfaces. Protect all building components from damage or staining during construction.
D. Prepare, install, and cure all materials in accordance with these Specifications, the Brick Industry Association (B.I.A.) Technical Notes, and the Manufacturer's Printed Instructions. In the case of a discrepancy, the Specifications will prevail.
E. The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain all shoring, supports, barriers, protection, warning lines, lighting and personnel required to support the structure, fixtures and facilities affected by his work and segregate the work area(s) from pedestrian or vehicular traffic, as well as to prevent damage to the building, occupants and the surrounding landscaped and paved areas.
F. Coordinate the work in this section with the work by other trades to ensure the orderly progress of the work. No brick masonry or repointing work shall be installed until it has been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer for acceptability and by the Owner for acceptability as to appearance, color and texture match.
G. Repoint mortar joints and repair masonry only when air temperature is between 40 and 90oF (4 and 32oC) and is predicted to remain so for at least 7 days after completion of work.
H. Cold Weather Application - (Applies only to rebuilding, no repointing shall be completed when air temperature is less than 40oF) The Contractor shall comply with the following cold weather masonry construction requirements at no change in contract price:
1. The cold weather construction and protection requirements shall be closely followed. 2. Construction materials shall be received, stored, and protected in ways that prevent water from entering the materials. 3. If climatic conditions warrant, temperatures of construction materials should be measured. Frozen sand and wet masonry units must be thawed. Masonry units below 20oF must be heated above 20oF without overheating. 4. Sufficient mortar ingredients should be heated to produce mortar temperatures between 40oF and 120oF. Every effort should be made to produce consecutive batches of mortar with the same temperatures falling within this range. The mortar temperature after mixing and before use should
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
be above 40oF, maintainable either by auxiliary heaters under the mortarboard or by more frequent mixing of mortar batches. Heated mortar on mortarboards should not become excessively hot (greater than 120oF). 5. During below-normal temperatures, masonry should be placed only on sound unfrozen foundations. Masonry should never be placed on a snow or ice- covered surface, because of the danger of movement when the base thaws and the possibility of very little bond being developed between the mortar and the supporting surface. 6. At the end of the day, the top surface of all masonry should be protected to prevent moisture, as rain, snow or sleet, from entering the masonry. This protection must cover the top surface and should extend a minimum of 2 feet down all sides of the masonry.
WORK DAY CONSTRUCTION PROTECTION TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENT REQUIREMENT Above 40ºF Normal masonry procedures. Cover walls with plastic or canvas at end of work day to prevent water entering masonry. 40ºF – 32ºF Heat mixing water to produce Cover walls and materials to prevent mortar temperatures between wetting and freezing. Covers should be 40oF – 120oF. plastic or canvas. 32ºF – 25ºF Heat mixing water and sand to With wind velocities over 15 mph provide produce mortar temperatures windbreaks during day and cover walls
between 40ºF – 120ºF. and materials at the end of the work day to prevent wetting and freezing.
Maintain masonry above freezing for 16 Mortar on boards should be hours using auxiliary heat or insulated maintained above 40ºF. 25ºF – 20ºF blankets. 20ºF – 0ºF and below Heat mixing water and sand to Provide enclosures and supply sufficient produce mortar temperatures heat to maintain masonry enclosure between 40ºF – 120ºF. above 32 F for 24 hours.
Note: Construction requirements, while work is in progress, are based on ambient temperatures. Protections requirements, after masonry is placed, are based on mean daily temperatures.
I. Hot Weather Application - The Contractor shall keep the areas being built sufficiently moist at all times during the operations. Mortar mixed and ready for application shall be used within one hour’s time and continually remixed to prevent excessive evaporation of moisture from the mortar. Discard all mortar, which has begun to set or is not used within two (2) hours time. Water for tempering shall be available at all times.
J. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor remove existing materials and systems to the ground in an uncontrolled manner. Machinery or devices used shall
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
be manufactured for this purpose. Adjacent building and property areas shall be protected from airborne debris.
K. All areas of existing brick masonry or flashings removed shall be replaced or made secure and weathertight during the same day. No building interiors, whether new or existing shall be left exposed to the weather at the end of each workday.
L. During removal operations, the Contractor is responsible for the containment of all dust, dirt, debris, overspray and run-off resulting from the work. The Contractor shall collect and contain all materials and repair any resulting damage to adjacent surfaces, site fixtures or personal property. Specific attention is drawn to the use of chemicals and cleaners.
M. No brick masonry shall be installed until it has been reviewed and approved by the Owner for acceptability as to appearance and color match.
N. Fully charged, inspected and approved fire extinguishers shall be on site at all times. No cutting, grinding or welding of any kind shall proceed without an approved fully charged fire extinguisher.
O. The general nature, approximate quantity and surface area of the various work items are shown on the Contract Drawings.
1.6 ROOF AND BUILDING PROTECTION
A. The existing roof and building systems shall be totally protected during the renovations. The Contractor is responsible for any damages to the existing building systems.
B. Install canvas over all wall penetrations and over roof systems during brick masonry repair work and cleaning.
C. The Contractor is responsible for the prompt repair of any damage to the building systems resulting from the work at the project at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01 33 00, Shop Drawings and Submittals.
B. The Contractor shall submit the following items with their submittal package.
1. Methods of removal of materials 2. Temporary protection procedures 3. Staging/set-up procedures 4. Program for containment of cleaning chemicals
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Submit certificates attesting compliance with the applicable specifications for the grades, types and classes of brick masonry.
D. Submit drawings and written description of shoring procedures masonry rebuilding work, including extent of removals and method of support, to the Engineer.
1. Submit shoring procedures with the seal of a licensed Professional Engineer who has reviewed the drawings and written description.
E. Submit written description of removal procedures and operations sequencing to the Engineer prior to commencement of Work.
F. Proposed method of protection for adjacent building, landscaping, pavement, walkways, site plantings, and related sitework from damage.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall utilize skilled and experienced specialty workers having a minimum of five (5) years experience in masonry repairs to perform the work. Experienced trade workers shall be utilized for all aspects of the masonry work.
1.9 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C144-04 Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
B. ASTM C150-09 Specification for Portland Cement
C. ASTM C207-06 Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
D. ASTM C270-10 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry
E. ASTM C67-09 Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile
F. ASTM C114-10a Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement
G. ASTM C216-10 Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units made from Clay or Shale)
H. BIA (Brick Industry Association) Technical Notes
I. National Park Service (NPS) Technical Preservation Briefs
1.10 TEST AREAS
A. Prior to commencement of demolition operations, the contractor shall be required to perform on-site procedure mock ups for masonry removal and reinstallation to ensure
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
that dust and debris containment is acceptable. No brick masonry work can commence until the means and methods have been approved.
B. Before full-scale work is commenced, execute the following work for trial work areas to be reviewed by the Owner as to acceptability of color, texture and appearance match with the existing construction. Test areas shall be performed at each building location and be subject to approval.
1. Six (6) square feet of new brick masonry infill 2. Five (5) linear feet of throughwall flashing 3. Ten (10) square feet masonry parapet wall rebuilding 4. Four (4) new cap stones setting including new flashings
C. Prepare, install and cure all materials in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer’s instructions.
D. Trial areas shall be repeated until acceptable results are obtained. The accepted work shall be a standard for all subsequent work. Areas of masonry repointing and replacement shall be allowed to weather for seven (7) days prior to Owner acceptance.
1.11 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Any item which does not match with the original profile may be subject to removal at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.12 CLEAN-UP
A. Site clean up shall be complete and performed daily to the satisfaction of the Owner.
B. All roof, building (interior and exterior), landscape and parking areas shall be cleaned of all trash, debris and dirt caused by, or associated with, the work.
C. All trash and debris shall be completely removed from the site daily during the work and at the completion of the work. All debris shall be legally disposed of off-site.
1.13 DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES
All dimensions and quantities shall be determined or verified by the Contractor. The Contract Drawings have been compiled from various sources and may not reflect the actual condition at the moment of construction. The Contractor is cautioned to take all precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the proposed work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.
1.14 GUARANTEES
Upon completion of the work and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a guarantee of his work as free from defect in materials and workmanship. The guarantee
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
shall be for a period of two (2) years. The guarantee shall be signed by an officer of the Contractor’s firm and sealed if a corporation.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 BRICK MASONRY
A. Replacement brick masonry shall conform to ASTM C 216, Grade SW, Type FBX specifications. Brick shall match existing in size, configuration, color and texture. These units vary and will require confirmation prior to ordering. The brick located at “Roof Area D” is approximately 2” x 8” yellow brick. The brick units located at all other brick masonry areas identified on the contract documents vary in size but are primarily 2” x 8” red brick mixture.
B. All brick shall be submitted to the Owner for acceptability as to color and appearance match with the existing brick. The Contractor may be required to submit additional brick samples for approval. No brick shall be purchased or installed until approval by the Owner is obtained. It is anticipated that the selected brick match will require a blend of bricks. As such the Contractor is requested to provide the Owner with brick samples for review within 10 days upon receipt of contract award.
2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUS)
A. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, normal weight unless indicated otherwise manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions.
B. Provide standard shapes nominal 8x16 inch indicated and as required for building configuration.
2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS FOR STONE/CMUS
A. Mortar for rebuilding brick masonry shall be Type N, conforming to ASTM C270 specifications and shall match the existing in color, texture and appearance. Mortar shall conform to Parts 8 and 11 E of the BIA Technical Notes.
B. Portland cement shall be Type II (Type III may be used only if previously approved) conforming to ASTM C150, specifications.
C. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C207, Type S specifications.
D. Sand shall conform to ASTM C144, amended as follows:
Sieve Size % Passing (By Weight)
#4 100 #8 95-100 #16 70-100 #30 40-75
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
#50 20-40 #100 10-25 #200 0-10
E. Tinting or coloring agent shall be added to the sand, lime cement to color the fully- cured, in-place mortar to match the physical and chemical characteristics and specified requirements of the Type N mortar.
F. Admixtures - No admixtures shall be allowed.
G. Water shall be clean, potable tap water.
H. Aggregate for mortar shall conform to ASTM C 144
1. For Joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5mm) thick and for pointing mortar in stone masonry, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18- mm) sieve.
2. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone.
3. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural-colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color.
I. Cold-weather admixture: Noncloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by the manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated.
J. Water-repellent admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete masonry units, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer.
K. Pigments for colored mortar: Pure concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for mixing into mortar and complying with ASTM C979. 1. Colors as selected by Owner from manufacture’s full range. 2. Manufacturers: a. Davis Colors: www.daviscolors.com b. Lambert Corporation: www.lambertusa.com c. Soloman Colors: www.solomoncolors.com d. Lehigh/Centurion, or color match 3. cold-weather admixture: a. Accelguard 80; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Dry-Block Mortar Admixture; W. R. Grace & Co., Construction Products Division. c. Rheopel; Master Builders
2.4 THROUGHWALL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Copper shall be cold rolled sheet copper conforming to ASTM B370 Type 1, Class A 20 or 24oz. as required per the detail sheets or as listed below in the outlined scheduled. Sheet length shall be 8’-0” maximum. Stainless steel sheet stock, minimum 24 gauge AISI 18-8 type 304, 2D finish, will be considered as an alternate with the representative gages at no additional cost to the owner.
B. Copper fabric flashing shall consist of full 5 oz. copper sheet permanently bonded between two layers of textured, woven high tensile strength glass fabric with asphalt compound or epoxy-based coating. Primers and mastic adhesive required for proper installation of the fabric flashing shall be as specifically recommended by the fabric flashing manufacturer. Fabric flashings shall be as manufactured by York manufacturing, Inc., Advanced Building Products, Inc., Sandell Manufacturing Company, Inc., or Approved Equal.
C. Aluminum shall be 3003 Alloy, H-14 temper, mill finished, anodized or baked enamel finished aluminum, 0.040” and 0.050” thick. Baked enamel and anodized finished sheets shall be finished on both sides. Color(s) and finish to be selected by the Owner.
D. Self-adhering flashing shall be a 40-mil composite consisting of a self-adhering rubberized asphalt membrane laminated to a high density, cross-laminated polyethylene film, as manufactured by Carlisle Company, York Manufacturing, or approved equal.
E. All accessories, including but not limited to nails, screws and clip strips shall be copper, brass, stainless steel, or galvanized steel and completely compatible with the surrounding metal to prevent galvanic reaction.
F. Solder for copper shall be pure tin conforming to ASTM B32 or lead-free, high-tin.
a. Soldering Flux shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM B 813.
G. Termination Bars shall be 1/8” x 1” copper bar with pre-punched holes at 6” on center, such as T1 as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc or approved equal.
1. Fasteners for securing termination bar at top of throughwall flashing shall be 1” to 1-1/2” long drive pins with zinc alloy sheaths as manufactured by Star, Rawl, or approved equal.
H. Nails for flashing securement at wood substrates shall be No. 12 Stubbs gauge, large head, threaded shank, galvanized steel or brass nails minimum 1" long.
I. Rivets shall be 3/16" diameter copper as required by the metal being secured.
J. Sheet metal flashings shall be shop fabricated. All breaks, bends and hems shall be uniform, clean, straight lines.
1. Flanges shall be 4" wide minimum.
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-10 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2. Drip edges shall be hemmed 3/4" wide and break at a 30o angle. 3. Clips shall be 2" wide. 4. All flanges to be covered with roofing or flashing membranes shall have a 1/4" minimum hem on the edge. 5. Blind nailers shall be 4” wide, folded to 2” wide final dimension.
K. Fabrication Schedule:
1. Copper, 20 oz a. Through Wall Flashing b. End Dams c. Blind Nailers d. Cast-stone Cap Through Wall Flashing e. Terra Cotta Cap Through Wall Flashing f. Pan Flashing 2. Copper 24 oz a. Reglet b. Hook Strip c. Continuous Cleat 3. Coated Aluminum (0.050”) a. Thimble Flashing b. Cap Flashing
L. Weep hole baffles to be installed in full head joint weeps of brick masonry shall be 3/8” x 2 1/2” x 3-3/8” baffle comprised of a bonded cellular material such as wire bond – cell vent, No. 3601 as manufactured by Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America, Quadro-vent by Hohnman & Barnard, Inc., Cell Vent by Dur-o-wall, Inc. or approved equal.
2.5 MASONRY CLEANERS
A. Cleaner for newly-installed brick masonry areas shall be Sure-Kleen 101 lime solvent by Pro-So-Co, Inc., Hydroclean HT 455 by Hydrochemical Techniques, Inc. 200 Lime Solvent as manufactured by Diedrich Technologies, or approved equal. The cleaner shall be specifically recommended by the manufacturers for the removal of stains and efflorescence from brick masonry.
B. Masking materials shall be commercially available masking or duct tape of appropriate width. Self-adhesive materials shall be completely strippable, leaving no adhesive residue when removed.
C. Plastic sheet for masking tape areas shall be 4 mil. thick minimum polyethylene sheet of appropriate size to cover the required areas.
2.5 MASONRY TIES
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-11 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Anchors for use at new through wall flashing locations shall be duel leg adjustable pintel, ¼” diameter stainless steel tie such as Series 316 as manufactured by Heckman, D/A 5213 as manufactured by Dur-O-Wall, or approved equal.
B. Anchors for tie back at new masonry walls shall be 12 gauge hot dip galvanized weldable tie with 3/16” pintel such as VBT series in combination with 359-FH tie as manufactured by Dur-O-Wall, or approved equal.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
A. Follow all applicable local, state and federal requirements regarding construction of scaffolding and protection of the public safety. Specific reference should be made to OSHA Construction Safety Regulations.
B. Set up of scaffolding or similar access and location of on-site storage areas shall be subject to review and approval by the Owner.
C. Do not leave any partially completed sections exposed to the elements overnight. Provide all devices (including heaters and insulation) necessary to maintain areas at the correct temperature and humidity for proper curing of mortar.
D. During freezing weather, the Contractor shall protect all masonry with tarpaulins or other approved material. Masonry materials shall be stacked on platforms and covered, or stored in a manner acceptable to the Owner, to protect them from contact with soil and weather exposure. Materials with stained faces will not be used in the walls.
E. No masonry work shall be executed when the temperature in the work area has dropped below 40 degrees F unless it is rising. The Contractor shall provide heat and maintain the temperature of masonry materials and protect the completed work from freezing. Protection shall consist of heating and maintaining the temperature of masonry materials to at least 40 degrees F, but not more than 100 degrees F, and maintain an air temperature above 40 degrees F on both sides of completed masonry for a period of at least 72 hours.
F. Keep covers tightly sealed on all evaporative products to prevent premature curing.
G. Masonry work including cleaning shall be performed prior to replacement of the roofing beneath. The entire roof adjacent to masonry work must be protected with 1/2” minimum rigid insulation with plywood atop.
H. All debris shall be transported to dumpsters, in locations approved by the Owner, at ground level by enclosed chute or crane and scaling bucket. Uncontrolled dropping of debris to ground level will not be permitted.
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-12 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
I. During the removal of any existing component, the Contractor shall report to the Owner any areas of damaged, deteriorated or otherwise unsuitable framing, wood blocking, or wall materials uncovered during the work. Do not cover unacceptable areas until reviewed by the Owner and Engineer. Provide temporary protection to the area in question.
J. Any wall areas opened for replacement shall receive the new system that day and shall be enclosed with masonry. Should rebuilding of masonry not be completed, temporary weather protection and shoring for the wall shall be provided by the Masonry Contractor at no additional charge to the Owner.
K. The Contractor shall lay-up replacement brick masonry units plumb, level, and true to the lines and dimensions at the existing walls. Chipped or broken units shall not be used. If any such units are placed in the finished wall, they shall be removed and replaced with new units at no additional cost to the Owner.
L. The removal and replacement of individual brick masonry units are included in the Unit Price Section. Only those additional brick masonry units designated by the Owner will be paid for at the Unit Price. The Contractor must confirm unit price items with the Owner prior to performing the work should compensation be desired. Adjacent bricks damaged or removed as a result of the work will be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner.
M. Adjacent bricks damaged or removed as a result of the brick work will be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner.
N. Refer to Brick Industry Association (BIA) technical notes for standard practice for masonry repointing, rebuilding and repair.
3.2 MASONRY STORAGE
A. Storage of all masonry shall be in the area designated by the Owner. All stored masonry units shall be covered.
3.3 REMOVAL OF BRICK MASONRY
A. Coordinate the elevation height of the finished roof surface with that of Section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing to confirm the location of the new throughwall flashing heights.
B. Remove brick masonry units in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings. Use hand and power tools to remove masonry. Pneumatic demolition tools are not permitted.
C. Remove maximum four (4) linear foot sections of masonry walls at a time, or as required to prevent deflection or displacement of the existing masonry to remain. Shore the sections as required to prevent displacement.
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-13 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Saw-cut surrounding mortar joints to remove the designated masonry units. Remove adjacent units as required. Provide temporary shoring and protection as necessary.
E. Remove masonry units in a manner so as not to damage sound materials designated to remain.
3.4 TEMPORARY SHORING
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to design, erect and maintain all necessary shoring procedures sufficient to comply with applicable regulations, securely support all masonry or other elements left unsupported by the required removals, and permit the work of other trades to proceed.
1. If cracks occur in mortar joints of brick intended to remain, completely stabilize the area with additional shoring or new construction cut out the damaged joint area and repoint it after removal of shoring. Secure the Engineer’s approval of repair.
2. Solidly patch all holes (with new mortar) left in mortar by withdrawal of shore fastenings.
3. Completely remove shoring system when no longer needed.
4. Notify the Owner 48 hours in advance of installation of shoring.
5. The maximum spacing of temporary shoring vertical supports shall be twelve (12’’) inch on center.
6. The addition of temporary lateral bracing or blocking between vertical shoring elements is required.
7. A sequenced shoring scheme is recommended at all shoring applications. The minimum length of remaining solid masonry wall located between each removed masonry section shall be four (4) feet.
8. Masonry and flashing replacement work must be completed in the same day that existing components are removed, unless adequate temporary weather protection is provided to the satisfaction of the owner and engineer. Submit the intended demolition, shoring and construction sequencing to accommodate this requirement. Submit the means and methods of temporary weather protection to include materials and methods of fastening or securing.
9. Submit the means and methods of temporary protection to low roof areas and their components.
10. Submit the means and methods of temporary covering or masking of wall and roof penetrations, grills, vents and mechanical units.
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-14 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
11. All temporary shoring of the brick masonry components to complete the masonry and flashing repairs will be the sole responsibility of the masonry Contractor. The Contractor must supply, install and maintain all temporary shoring for the duration of the project.
3.5 GROUTING OF CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
A. Grouting: Comply with ASTM C476 for grout use in construction of reinforced and non-reinforced unit masonry.
B. Fill cells of existing CMU with grout. Grout not in place within 1-1/2 hours after water is first added to the batch shall be discarded. Sufficient time shall be allowed between grout lifts to preclude displacement or cracking of face shells of masonry units. If blowouts, flowouts, misalignment, or cracking of face shells should occur during construction, the damaged CMU must be rebuilt.
C. Pour grout using chute or container with spout. Rod or vibrate grout during placing. Place grout continuously; do not interrupt pouring of grout for more than one hour. Rod or vibrate grout around vertical reinforcing bars and the double ended threshold reinforcing bars as well as all threaded anchor bars.
3.6 THROUGHWALL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate new flashing and extend rear leg of flashing 3” minimum up the back of the wall. Secure the rear leg of the flashing to the back-up masonry wall with the specified fasteners and termination bar. Provide a full bead of sealant behind the flashing.
B. Overlap adjacent sections of flashing to be soldered 3” minimum. Rivet overlaps and completely envelope rivets in solder.
C. Provide the finished profile for the exposed portion of the flashing as shown on the Contract Drawings.
D. Install copper-fabric flashing carefully before pressing in place over the vertical surface of the existing back-up wall flashing (8” minimum vertically) and the horizontal surface of the copper flashing. Press firmly in place with a hand roller, taking care to avoid wrinkles. All seams shall be lapped 3" minimum. Bottom edge to extend 1/2 inch from exterior face of the brick masonry on drip edge. Secure copper flashing to concrete masonry unit back-up wall with pre-punched termination bar. Provide a bead of sealant at the top of the termination bar, tooled to shed water.
E. Install weeps at base of new throughwall flashing at 24” on center, maximum. Weeps are to be set directly on the throughwall flashings without a bed of mortar. Should the weeps be set in the mortar bed, they shall be spaced at 16” on center, max.
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-15 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
3.7 BRICK MASONRY REBUILDING
A. Masonry units shall be laid in running bond pattern. Facing courses shall be level with facing courses of the existing brick façade. “tooth” new masonry into the existing at both jamb conditions. This will require that the masonry coursing start at an elevation that will accommodate lining up new mortar joints. Each unit shall be adjusted to its final position while mortar is still soft and workable. Units that have been disturbed after the mortar has stiffened shall be removed, cleaned and re-laid with fresh mortar. Air spaces, cavities, and spaces to be grouted shall be kept free from mortar and other debris. Units used in exposed masonry surfaces shall be from chipped edges or other imperfections detracting from the appearance of the finished work. Vertical joints shall be kept plumb. Solid units shall be laid in a non-furrowed full bed of mortar. Mortar will be permitted to protrude up to a ½ inch into the space or cells to be grouted. Means shall be provided to prevent mortar from dropping into the space below.
B. Coordinate the installation of new throughwall flashings with Section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing. Install weeps at base of new throughwall flashing at 24” on center, maximum. Weeps are to be set directly on the throughwall flashings without a bed of mortar. Should the weeps be set in the mortar bed, they shall be spaced at 16” on center, max.
C. Reconstruct brickwork with new brick to follow the existing profile and configuration. All brick masonry shall be plumb, level and true to the lines and dimensions of existing wall. Chipped or broken units shall not be used. If any such units are placed in the finished wall they shall be removed and replaced with new units at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Provide supplemental anchors into the back-up wall at 16” on center both horizontally and vertically. Where anchors penetrate throughwall flashings, seal fastener heads with mastic to provide a watertight assembly.
E. The Contractor shall supply all jacks, shoring and temporary supports necessary to support brickwork above and adjacent to any area to assure proper installation of the work.
F. Wet all new and existing masonry units in the work area. Masonry shall be kept damp but without standing water.
G. Utilize rotary mixers when fabricating all mortar. Be sure to maintain relative proportions of mortar materials to provide the texture and color to match the existing mortar. No anti-freeze compounds or other substances shall be added to the mortar. Mix all mortar for at least three (3) minutes and not more than five (5) minutes with the minimum amount of water to produce a workable consistency. The maximum allowable air content of cured mortar shall be 12% by volume. Retempering of mortars that have stiffened because of evaporation of water will
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-16 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
be allowed in order to provide the proper consistency provided all mortar in a batch is utilized within two (2) hours of initial mixing.
H. Set each brick in a full bed of mortar and build upward. Tool all joints to a concave profile. Fully butter all heads.
I. Provide supplemental anchors into the back-up wall at 16” on center horizontally. Where anchors penetration throughwall flashings, seal fastener heads with mastic to provide a watertight assembly.
J. Exercise extreme caution to avoid damaging the existing flashing.
K. Work mortar into joints for complete width and depth. Consolidate and tool into joint using concave tooling equipment to completely fill the joint cavity to match the existing joint profile. Tool exposed joints slightly concave with a round or other suitable jointer when the mortar is thumbprint hard. For horizontal joints, jointers shall be at least 12 inches long for brickwork. Jointers shall be slightly larger than the width of the joint so that complete contact is made along the edges of the units, compressing and sealing the surface of the joint. Strike flush joints that will not be exposed. Tool vertical joints first. Brush joints to remove all loose and excess mortar. Horizontal joints shall be level, vertical joints shall be plumb and in alignment from top to bottom of wall.
L. Set new masonry unit in full beds of mortar, top, bottom and sides. Utilize slate wedges as required to maintain mortar joint width. Masonry above throughwall flashings shall be set in full beds of mortar. Should new masonry set in mortar require removal due to un-level/plumb conditions, that masonry unit shall be removed from the work area, cleaned and allowed to dry prior to reinstallation.
M. Provide full joint depth of new mortar. Strike off and tool joints to match existing joint configuration. Allow areas to fully cure prior to cleaning.
N. Totally clean the areas of masonry rebuilding only after the rebuilding is completed and the mortar has been allowed to cure for 8 days minimum. Clean surfaces free of all dust, dirt and mortar stains as described in this section.
3.8 SECUREMENT CLIPS
A. Securement clips shall be 6” long and 2” wide.
B. Space clips at 8” on center and secure with specified fasteners into the brick masonry walls.
C. Bend clips a minimum of 1” over the bottom of the drip edge of flashing and crimp tightly.
3.9 MASONRY CLEANING
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-17 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Totally clean all repaired, or repointed masonry areas of all construction stains and excess mortar. Do not perform any cleaning until mortar joints and adjacent sealants are fully cured.
B. Test the specified cleaners on a small area of masonry wall to determine compatibility with the masonry, window units, sealants, etc. Evidence of discoloration, metallic salts or other detritus shall be grounds for requiring the use of a substitute cleaner.
C. The Contractor will be required to clean the masonry units with the minimum cleaning solution mix ratios as recommended by the cleaner manufacturer. Should the minimum dilution ratios not clean the masonry the Contractor will be required to slightly decrease the dilution rates to clean the surfaces. It is recommended that the Contractor use care when performing the masonry repairs to prevent increasing the mixing solutions.
D. Apply the cleaner at the manufacturer’s recommended dilution rate and dwell duration. Pre-wet the wall if the manufacturer so recommends.
E. Allow the cleaner to stand for the manufacturer’s recommended dwell period while monitoring to ensure that the surface does not dry. Steel bristle wire brushes are not to be used.
F. Rinse all cleaner from the wall with water applied at the manufacturer’s recommended flow and pressure. High pressure washing equipment may be required. Any acid neutralizing agent required by the manufacturer shall be applied as part of this rinse. Ensure that effluent does not accumulate at ground level, and fully rinse all effluent from sidewalks, streets and landscaping each day.
G. The Contractor must provide sufficient site protection to prevent the cleaning effluent from draining into the adjacent storm drains. The Contractor will provide a narrative as to how the site protection will be performed.
3.10 SOLDERING OF SHEET METAL
A. Refer to the publication, "Copper and Common Sense" by Revere Copper and Brass and all recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) concerning methods and materials to be used in the fabrication and construction of sheet metal flashings.
B. It is the intent of this Specification to utilize the most effective joint configuration possible to properly install strong, weathertight metal flashings. Comply with the following standards unless otherwise specified when fabricating metal components to be joined:
1. Whenever one-piece construction is not possible, solderable metals shall utilize interlocked, crimped, and fully soldered seams and joints.
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-18 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2. Seams and joints of non-solderable metals shall be interlocked, riveted and completely filled with sealant.
C. Comply with Military Specification MIL-S-6872B entitled, "General Specifications for Soldering Process" when forming soldered joints. Use conduction soldering methods. Clean areas to be joined of oil, grease, pencil marks, paint, dirt or other foreign substances. Remove burrs using files, grinding stones or other methods. Hold parts in place using clamps, jigs and supports or by self-fixturing. If parts are tack-soldered to hold them in place, the area of tack-soldering shall be reworked into the final soldering. Parts cannot be allowed to move during the soldering process.
D. Apply flux to surfaces that are to receive solder. Do not use flux-cored solder. Flux shall be fluid when heated and effective in removing and excluding oxides and other impurities from the joint. The molten solder should readily displace flux.
E. Heat areas to be joined above the liquious temperature of the solder. To deliver maximum heat, apply the copper bit of the soldering iron at the right angle so that the flat side of the iron's bit provides maximum contact area. Apply solder to the joint and not the bit of the iron. Allow solder to flow in place to provide a minimum 1-inch final width of solder over the joint. Do not disturb the joint until it has been allowed to completely cool. After soldering, completely remove flux and acid by washing and scrubbing with a neutralizing agent.
F. Shop fabricate sheet metal flashings to the fullest extent possible. Fabricate all breaks, bends and hems with uniform, clean, straight lines.
G. Sheet metal flashings shall be as specified herein and as required to match the existing sheet metal systems. Refer to the publication, "Copper and Common Sense" by Revere Copper and Brass and all recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association concerning methods and materials to be used in the fabrication and construction of sheet metal flashings.
3.10 PARAPET CAP FLASHING
A. Install 2 steel dowels per section of precast cap. Verify dowel placement matches that of the new pre-cast concrete cap stones.
B. Clean holes prior to inserting dowels and applying epoxy.
C. Set in epoxy or fill existing cells with grout as required to install dowels.
D. Cover the lengths of dowels projecting above the metal flashing caps with metal thimbles.
E. Install self-adhered modified bitumen and sheet metal cap flashing with predrilled holes, over the first layer of sloped mortar bed and capped anchor dowels, solder watertight.
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-19 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
F. A full bed of mortar will be applied to the flashing and cap stone will be set on the mortar bed.
G. Prior to setting the stone, fill the dowel penetrations with sealant to provide a water tight fit.
H. Refer to section 03 45 00, Precast Architectural Concrete for setting of the pre-cast concrete cap stones.
3.11 CLEAN-UP
A. Prior to acceptance of the masonry work covered in this section, the Contractor shall perform a thorough clean-up of the work site, building surfaces, landscaping, etc. Any plantings or other items damaged shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 04 50 00 Masonry.docx
MASONRY (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 04 50 00-20 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
SECTION 05 40 00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summery of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Alternates – Section 01 23 00 C. Cast Stone Replacement – Section 03 45 00 D. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 E. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 F. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 G. Metal Wall Panels – Section 07 42 13 H. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items:
1. Repair all corrugated metal deck that show signs of rust deterioration and is deemed unsuitable for reattachment, there are no know quantities of deteriorated corrugated metal decking. Refer to Section 01 22 00 unit prices for additional information.
2. Replace all corrugated metal deck deemed unsuitable for reattachment, there are no known quantities of deteriorated corrugated metal decking. Refer to Section 01 22 00 Unit Prices for additional information.
3. Base Bid: Infill opening with wood blocking, structural joists, corrugated metal deck, air/vapor retarder, insulation, coverboard, and roof membrane as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Install metal framing and gypsum board prime and painted to match adjacent finish with perimeter PVC trim on the underside of infill as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Coordinate work time with the City, as the interior of the school rooms may be occupied during school hours.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. Provide and install miscellaneous components such as metal decking, structural track, bridging, structural clips, sheathing, and fasteners as shown on Contract Drawings to provide a complete assembly.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The building and site will be occupied and in use during the time of construction. The Contractor shall take all precautions to create as little disruption as possible during the course of the work.
B. Coordinate the work in this Section with the work of other trades to ensure the orderly progress of the work.
C. The Contractor shall utilize skilled and experienced specialty workers to install the work. Experienced trade workers shall be utilized for all aspects of the work.
1.5 REFERENCES
A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards (current edition). Where these standards conflict with other requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern.
B. The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. Where these standards conflict with other requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern.
1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)
North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members
Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing – General Provisions
1.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Cold formed metal framing fabrication and installation shall be performed by an organization experienced in this work.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of detailing, fabrication and correct fit of all cold formed metal elements. Substitution of sections or modification of connection details will not be accepted unless approved by the Engineer.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cold-formed metal framing product and accessory indicated.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Shop Drawings: For each component show layout, spacing, size, thickness, and type of cold-formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including fasteners. Show accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work.
C. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency, unless otherwise stated, indicating that each of the following complies with requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests for current products:
1. Steel sheet. 2. Fasteners. 3. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories.
D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For cold-formed metal framing.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.
B. Store cold-formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation.
1.9 BUILDING PROTECTION
A. The existing building systems shall be totally protected during the repair work. The Contractor is responsible for the prompt repair of any damage to the building systems resulting from the work at the project at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering cold-formed metal framing that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold-formed metal framing by one of the following: 1. Allied Studco. 2. Clark Steel Framing. 3. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows:
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1. Grade and Gauge: As shown in Contract Drawings. 2. Coating G90 (Z275) or equivalent.
2.3 FRAMING
A. Structural Joists: Manufacturer’s standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. 1000S162-68 Structural Joist
B. Structural Track: Manufacturer’s standard U-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, unpunched, and as follows:
1. 1000T350-54 Structural Track
2.4 DECKING
A. Metal Deck: Manufacturer's standard 1-1/2 inch Type B 20 gauge (0.0346 inch) hot-dip galvanized metal deck match existing configuration.
B. Metal decking shall be certified by the Steel Deck Institute and manufactured by United Steel Deck, Inc., Wheeling Corrugated Co., Roll Form Products, Inc., or approved equal.
C. Metal Decking shall be fabricated of galvanized sheet material. Galvanized sheet materials shall conform to ASTM 446A & 446M-91 Specifications with G-90 galvanizing.
2.5 PRIMER AND PAINT
A. Primer for metal decking repairs and steel framing shall be a zinc rich (93% minimum zinc content) cold galvanizing compound such as “ZRC” by the ZRC Products Company or approved equal.
B. All paint materials shall be products of a recognized reliable manufacturer and shall be of the best quality and grade (1st line) for each type. All paint materials shall be lead free.
C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, DOD-P-21035, or approved equal.
2.6 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS
A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
B. Joist to Track Clips: ClarkDietrich Swiftclip LS-Series 1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch x 7- 1/4 inches, 16 gauge (0.0566 inch) or engineer approved equal.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Joist Bridging: Simpson Strong-Tie TB36 tension bridging or engineer approved equal.
D. Mechanical Fasteners for Attachment of Structural Track to Masonry Curb:
1. Powers Tapper+ Xtreme 5/16 inch diameter x 2-3/4 inch long screw anchor or engineer approved equal. Minimum 1-3/4 inch embedment required.
E. Fasteners for securement of metal deck to metal joists and clips to metal joists and tracks shall be Hilti #12-14 self-drilling, self-tapping screws or engineer approved equal. Screws shall be of sufficient length to penetrate 5/8” to 1”.
1. For steel framing less than 0.03 inch thick: Comply with ASTM C1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 inch thick to 0.112 inch thick: Comply with ASTM C954.
F. Fasteners for securement of metal deck side laps shall be Hilti #10-12 self-drilling, self-tapping screws with flat heads or engineer approved equal. Screws shall be of sufficient length to penetrate 5/8” to 1”.
G. Fasteners to secure new metal decking panels to existing deck and framing shall be 1” long No. 12 self-drilling, self-tapping screws such as TEKS Fasteners, as manufactured by Buildex Division, Illinois Tool Works, Inc., or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled.
B. Install cold-formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Install shop or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1. Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for installing screw anchors into clay brick. Do not over-torque screws to prevent stripping of threads. Additional anchors will be required if not properly installed.
D. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened.
1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by screw fastening. Wire tying or welding of framing members is not permitted.
a. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration.
E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths.
F. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows:
1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Owner may engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Engineer.
C. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.
D. Additional testing and inspecting to determine compliance of replaced or additional work, will be performed at the Contractor's expense.
3.4 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
3.5 METAL DECK REPAIRS
A. Prepare and prime areas of existing metal decking or framing that show signs of surficial rusting.
B. Scrape and wire brush rusted surfaces down to sound metal. Remove all rust and corrosion to reveal 100% bare metal.
C. Apply one coat of the specified cold galvanizing compound. Apply by brush or roller. Apply to all surfaces including bottom of flutes.
D. Allow compound to dry to the touch prior to installing roof system components.
3.6 METAL DECK REPLACEMENT AND ENCLOSURES
A. Wire brush and prime all areas of exposed metal joists or framing that have rust down to bear metal and apply one coat of the specified cold galvanizing compound described above.
B. Position replacement metal decking over removal areas of opening. Replacement metal panels shall be sized to bear upon three (3) supports minimum.
C. Secure deck panels 12” on center at side laps and at each flute along head laps. All fasteners shall penetrate top flute only.
D. Ends of replacement deck panels shall lap onto existing adjacent panels and past framing members 6” minimum on end laps and shall be secured with the specified fasteners to the framing members at each bottom flute or 6” on center maximum.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Site cleanup shall be complete and performed daily to the satisfaction of the Owner.
B. All trash and debris shall be completely removed from the site daily during the work and at the completion of the work. All debris shall be legally disposed of off-site.
END OF SECTION i:\833360\02 design\specs\833360 05 40 00 cold-formed metal framing.docx
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
METAL ROOF LADDERS
SECTION 05 51 33
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 C. Metal Wall Panels – Section 07 42 13 D. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following items:
1. Install new aluminum ladders, anchors, and bolts at locations shown on the Contract Drawings, in conformance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Code and the Contract Documents.
2. Provide all lifts, hoists, manpower, and equipment necessary to complete the work.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Provide site specific work/safety plan for the Owner’s review and files. Plans shall include, but not be limited to, fall arrest, handling of materials, lead work plans for removal of the existing metals, etc.
B. The building and site will be occupied and in use during the time of construction. The Contractor shall take all precautions to create as little disruption as possible during the course of the work.
C. Coordinate the work in this Section with the work of other trades to ensure the orderly progress of the work.
D. The Contractor shall utilize skilled and experienced specialty workers to install the
METAL ROOF LADDERS 05 51 33-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
work. Experienced trade workers shall be utilized for all aspects of the work.
1.5 REFERENCES
A,. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only.
1. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
2. ANSI A14.3 Ladders - Fixed - Safety Requirements
3. ANSI H35 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys
4. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ASSOCIATION (OSHA)
5. OSHA 1910.27 – Fixed Ladders.
6. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
7. ASTM A 325 Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
8. ASTM E94 Standard Guide for Radiographic Testing
9. AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)
10. AWS A2.4 Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination
11. ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION
12. Aluminum Design Manual
1.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Aluminum fabrication and erection shall be performed by an organization experienced in aluminum work of equivalent magnitude.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for correctness of detailing, fabrication, and for the correct fitting of structural members. Connections, for any part of the structure not shown on the Contract Drawings, shall be considered simple shear connections and shall be designed and detailed in accordance with pertinent provisions of AISC. Substitution of sections or modification of connection details will not be accepted unless approved by the Engineer. Welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1. High-strength bolting shall be in accordance with AISC S329.
METAL ROOF LADDERS 05 51 33-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Shop Drawings and Submittals:
A. Drawings: Shop and erection details including members (with their connections) not shown on the contract drawings. Welds shall be indicated by standard welding symbols in accordance with AWS A2.4.
B. Certificates: Certified copies of mill test reports for structural steel, structural bolts, nuts, washers and other related structural steel items.
Certified copies of hot-dip galvanizing applicator’s coatings meet or exceed the specified requirements of ASTM A123 and A153, as applicable.
Certified copies of welder qualifications test records showing qualification in accordance with AWS D1.1.
A copy of the AISC certificate indicating that the fabrication plant meets the specified structural steelwork category.
1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Material shall be stored out of contact with the ground in such manner and location as will minimize deterioration.
1.9 DISSIMILAR MATERIALS
A. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, or where aluminum is in contact with concrete, mortar, masonry, wet or pressure-treated wood, or absorptive materials subject to wetting, the surfaces shall be protected with a coat of bituminous paint or asphalt varnish, or a neoprene gasket.
1.10 WORKMANSHIP
A. Metal work shall be well formed to shape and size, with sharp lines and angles and true curves. Drilling and punching shall produce clean true lines and surfaces.
B. Welding shall be continuous along the entire area of contact except where tack welding is permitted.
C. Exposed connections of work in place shall not be tack welded. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth. Exposed surfaces of work in place shall have a smooth finish, and unless otherwise approved, exposed riveting shall be flush. Where tight fits are required, joints shall be milled. Corner joints shall be coped or mitered, well formed, and in true alignment.
METAL ROOF LADDERS 05 51 33-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Work shall be accurately set to established lines and elevations and securely fastened in place.
E. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved drawings, cuts, and details.
1.11 ANCHORAGE
A. Anchorage shall be provided where necessary for fastening miscellaneous metal items securely in place.
B. Anchorage not otherwise specified or indicated shall include slotted inserts made to engage with the anchors and expansion shields when approved for concrete; toggle bolts and through bolts for masonry; machine and carriage bolts for steel; and lag bolts and screws for wood.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ALUMINUM LADDERS
A. Aluminum alloy products shall conform to ASTM B 209 for sheet plate, ASTM B 221 for extrusions, and ASTM B 26/B 26 M or ASTM B 108/B 108 M for castings. Provide aluminum extrusions at least 1/8” thick and aluminum plate or sheet at least 0.050 inch thick. Aluminum shall be milled finished.
B. All accessories such as corners, pipe joints, wall plates, etc. shall be as recommended and supplied by the manufacturer.
C. Rungs are to be Aluminum tube with serrated top not to be less than 18 inches wide, spaced one foot apart, plug welded or shouldered and headed into stringers
D. Fixed ladders must be able to support at least two loads of 250 pounds each, concentrated between any two consecutive attachments.
E. Provide aluminum channel rails. Provide intermediate bent plates not over 36 inches on center for attachment to wall mounting brackets as indicated on the Contract documents.
2.2 WELDED CONNECTIONS
A. All aluminum connections shall be welded in accordance with the AWS D1.2. Standards
B. Welds exposed to view in the finished work shall be uniformly made and shall be ground smooth.
C. Welding rods and bare electrodes shall be selected in accordance with AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded.
METAL ROOF LADDERS 05 51 33-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Size and shape welds to develop the full design strength of the parts connected by welds and to transmit imposed stresses without permanent deformation or failure when subject to service loadings.
2.3 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS
A. Use methods for fastening or anchoring metal fabrications to building construction as shown or specified.
B. Where fasteners and anchors are not shown, design the type, size, location and spacing to resist the loads imposed without deformation of the members or causing failure of the anchor of fastener, and suite the sequence of installation.
C. Use material and finish of the fasteners compatible with the kinds of materials which are fastened together and their location in the finished work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the latest provisions of the following:
1. AWS Structural Welding Code-Aluminum D1.2/D1.2M.
B. Connections:
1. Weld all shop connections, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Size the connections for 50 percent of the total uniform load capacity of the member as listed in the beam tables of the AISC “Manual of Steel Construction”, unless otherwise noted on the construction documents.
C. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible.
D. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials.
E. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, welding splatter, burrs and other defects.
F. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are indicated.
G. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
METAL ROOF LADDERS 05 51 33-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
H. Cut, drill or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut holes or enlarge holes by burning.
3.2 LADDER INSTALLATION
A. Secure to the adjacent construction with the bent plates attached to the stringer.
B. Secure through brick and concrete masonry walls with not less than two (2) 1/2” HILTI HIT HY 20 anchors with a 10” minimum embedment at each support bracket.
C. Install support brackets not more than 36” on center.
D. Install brackets as required for securing of ladders.
E. The base of the ladder shall be a maximum of 12” off the finished roof system.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 05 51 33 Metal Roof Ladders.docx
METAL ROOF LADDERS 05 51 33-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
ROUGH CARPENTRY
SECTION 06 10 00 PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. Division 1, General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – 01 10 00 B. Unit Prices – 01 22 00 C. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 D. Cold Formed Metal Framing – Section 05 40 00 E. Metal Wall Panels – Section 07 42 13 F. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashings – Section 07 53 00 G. Doors and Hardware – Section 08 10 00 H. Metal Windows – Section 08 51 00 I. Translucent Panel Skylight System – Section 08 95 00 J. Temporary Mechanical and Electrical Disconnects – Section 26 10 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good roofing practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer, as amended. The work under this Section generally includes the following:
1. Replace all wood blocking deemed unsuitable for reattachment, there are no known quantities of deteriorated wood blocking. Refer to Section 01 22 00 for additional information.
2. Install and furnish new wood blocking, wood nailers and marine grade plywood to accommodate the installation of the new roofing assembly, associated work, and all vertical membrane flashing. Curbs and flashing heights to be minimum 8-inches above the new roof. Install at all locations shown in the Contract Drawings.
a. Where indicated on Contract Drawings plywood to receive chamfer cut at 45-degree angle; edges shall be smooth and rounded.
3. Actual heights of wood blocking within the roofing assembly shall match the height of the adjacent insulation and cover board. Details including blocking in the drawings are schematic.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. Coordinate the raising of the existing roof top equipment with Section 07 53 00 Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing.
5. Install structural wood framing, associated framing, joist hangers, and accessories at locations to be infilled as identified in the Contract Drawings.
6. Install new wood framed box units to house the new vent/exhaust extensions required at Roof Area D. Coordinate with Section 26 10 00 Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects.
7. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. All surfaces to receive the new wood blocking shall be thoroughly dry. Should surface moisture such as dew exist, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the surface prior to application. Do not dry with open flames.
B. Coordinate the work in this Section with the work in other sections to ensure watertight conditions and the orderly progress of work.
C. Do not leave any newly installed wood blocking exposed. Cover and protect all newly installed wood daily with the new flashing system.
D. Protect all existing and new wood stored on site to prevent moisture absorption. Use tarps over the wood pile (top, sides and bottom) elevated on pallets (one side lower to shed water).
E. If delays in the project exceeding one (1) week are anticipated due to inclement weather (or due to any other condition), all wood shall be stored in weatherproof box trailers or storage sheds in locations to be designated by the Owner.
F. Conduits may exist at the selected locations below the roof deck. The Contractor shall locate and install all fasteners in a manner to avoid damaging these conduits or any other suspended objects.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for each item specified in Part of this Section.
B. Shop Drawings and Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01 33 00.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, and bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 DIMENSIONAL LUMBER FOR BLOCKING
A. All dimensional lumber shall be construction grade Douglas Fir, Hem-Fir or Southern Yellow Pine, formed to the dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and as required for proper installation of the new work. All new exterior perimeter woodwork, nailers and wood blocking used on the building shall be minimum nominal 6" wide, except where otherwise detailed. Wood furring shall be permitted to be minimum 4” wide.
B. Wood shall have maximum moisture content of 19% by weight on a dry weight basis. Wood shall not be pressure treated.
2.2 PRESSURE TREATED WOOD FOR STRUCTURAL FRAMING
A. Pressure treated wood members used for placement against masonry shall be pressure treated with ACQ preservative, or approved equal, to minimum retention of 0.25 to 0.40 PCF in accordance with AWPA C2. Pressure treated lumber shall be southern pine, grade no. 1 or 2, and must be stamped by a recognized grading agency and kiln dried.
B. Use fully nailed metal connectors (USP, Simpson, or equal), joist or beam hangers when joists or beams frame into other joists or beams. Provide metal post caps and bases for all posts.
C. The Contractor is cautioned that oil and penta-based materials and preservatives are not compatible with built-up membranes and shall not be used.
D. All lumber to have grade stamps; lumber produced from contaminated areas will not be accepted.
2.3 PLYWOOD
A. Plywood for wall or curb sheathing shall be APA Marine Grade A-B, minimum 5/8” thick, except where otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings.
B. Plywood shall not be pressure treated. Plywood shall have maximum moisture content of 19% by weight on a dry weight basis.
C. All plywood to have grade stamps; plywood from contaminated areas will not be accepted.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.4 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS FOR WOOD BLOCKING
A. In general, all fasteners, anchors, nails, straps and other accessories shall be of stainless steel, galvanized steel or fluorocarbon coated steel. Galvanizing shall be hot dip in accordance with ASTM A153 Specifications. Electro-galvanized items shall not be used.
B. Fasteners for securing wood blocking or plywood to wood blocking shall be galvanized annular threaded ring shank nails. Fasteners shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member 1-1/2" minimum, except full depth into plywood.
C. Fasteners for securing plywood to concrete or brick masonry surfaces shall be 1/4" diameter hammer drive anchors with zinc-alloy sheaths and stainless steel inserts as manufactured by Star Fasteners, Rawl, OMG or approved equal. Anchors shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving substrate 1-1/2" minimum.
D. Fasteners for securing wood blocking to concrete substrates shall be one piece, fluorocarbon coated, 1/4” diameter flat head anchors such as Rawl Drives by the Rawl Plug Company or approved equal, with a minimum 1-1/2” embedment into the substrate.
E. Fasteners for securing wood blocking to steel framing, deck, or components shall be #14 self-drilling, self-tapping, fluorocarbon coated screws of sufficient length to penetrate wood deck 1” minimum, 1-1/4” maximum as manufactured by OMG Roofing Products or approved equal. Fasteners shall be stainless steel or fluorocarbon coated steel, in order to prevent rusting in accordance with FM 4470 requirements.
F. Fasteners for securing to wood blocking shall be stainless steel.
G. Fasteners for securing PVC to wood connections shall be thin shank, blunt point, full round head stainless steel screws of sufficient length to provide minimum 1-1/2” embedment into wood blocking. Screws shall be as recommended by the cellular PVC manufacturer.
H. Adhesives for making PVC to PVC connections shall be a PVC cement specifically recommended by the cellular PVC manufacturer.
I. Sealant for application of countersunk screws shall be a polyurethane caulking recommended by the cellular PVC manufacturer.
2.5 GYPSUM WALL BOARD AND ACCESSORIES – BASE BID
A. Gypsum wallboard materials, where existing is damaged as a result of the work, shall be manufactured by Gold Bond Building Products, U.S. Gypsum, Temple-Inland or approved equal.
B. Gypsum wallboard shall be 5/8” thick, paper face with a tapered edge, or as required to match adjacent existing gypsum wallboard finish. Gypsum board shall be moisture
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
and mold resistant to meet ASTM C1396 Standard Specification for Gypsum Wall Board.
C. Joint compound shall be premixed conforming to ASTM C475 Specifications. Compound shall be asbestos free.
D. Framing members for gypsum ceiling assembly to comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
1. Single long-leg Runner System to comply with ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch deep flanges in thickness.
2.6 ACCESSORIES
A. Unspecified materials: All unspecified materials such as shellac, turpentine, or linseed oils shall be of the “best grade” or “first line” made by reputable, recognized manufacturers and shall bear the labels and be approved by the Engineer.
B. Joist hangers to be hot dipped galvanized sized to hold wood joist and shall be Simpson strong-tie, RVT Metallics, or approved equal.
2.7 PVC TRIM
A. Interior cellular PVC stool and trim shall have a small cell microstructure and density of .55 grams/cm3 tested in accordance with ASTM D 792 and having a tensile strength of at least 2,256 psi.
B. PVC trim shall be routed and formed to the profile shown on the contract drawings or as required to fit the profile of the varying sill width. Wall trim will vary in size depending on location of interior furnishings. PVC paneling shall be sized to match the existing wood paneling.
C. Cellular PVC shall be white or as selected by the Owner. Trim is not to be finished.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Do not deliver to the site or install any material or system that has not been approved. Items installed without approval may be required to be removed.
B. Prepared surfaces must be clean and dry. Fill, chip or grind as required to provide a smooth, uniform surface.
C. Refer to FM Data Sheet 1-49 concerning spacing requirements for perimeter blocking anchorage. All anchors and fasteners that attach wood blocking to the structure shall have their spacing halved for an 8' length away from all exterior comers of the perimeter.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. All butt joints in woodwork shall be flush to provide a smooth, uniform line with no irregularities. Built-up blocking shall have butt joints staggered 4' minimum layer to layer. The minimum length of any individual piece of woodwork shall be 2'. All lengths of woodwork shall have a minimum of 2 fasteners. Layers of wood blocking at corners shall be interlocked to provide additional stability.
E. During removal and replacement of woodwork, the Contractor shall report to the Engineer any deck areas, existing wood blocking designated to remain, or structural supports that are deteriorated or unsuitable. Do not cover unacceptable areas until reviewed by the Engineer, but provide temporary protection to the area in question.
F. The perimeter wood blocking shall be installed at a consistent, even height throughout that roof area to provide a flush transition from insulation to blocking and provide an even and continuous line for metal fascia installation.
3.2 REMOVAL OF WOOD BLOCKING
A. Remove and dispose of all deteriorated wood blocking and all blocking scheduled to be removed and replaced in accordance with the Contract Drawings and this Specification.
B. During removal and replacement of woodwork, the Contractor shall report to the Owner and Engineer any existing wood blocking designated to remain which is deteriorated or unsuitable. Do not cover unacceptable areas until reviewed by the Engineer and provide temporary protection to the area in question. Existing blocking scheduled to remain shall be re-secured with the appropriate fasteners spaced 24” on center.
3.3 ROOF PERIMETER BLOCKING
A. At roof perimeters, the wood blocking and plywood shall be installed as detailed. Provide 6” nominal wide blocking at roof perimeters unless otherwise detailed.
B. Height of blocking will vary per roof area depending on thickness of tapered insulation. It is the design intent to provide consistent blocking and fascia heights per roof area. Fascia and blocking heights will depend on the maximum thickness of insulation at the roof edge per individual roof area. Separate roof areas can have varying fascia heights from other roofs. Insulation thickness will be determined in accordance with the approved tapered insulation plan.
3.4 FASTENING OF WOODWORK
A. All existing woodwork to be reused shall be resecured with the specified fasteners spaced 24” on center maximum.
B. Wood blocking to wood blocking connections shall be made using the specified nails spaced 12” on center maximum and staggered off the centerline of the woodwork being secured. Nails shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member 1-1/2” minimum. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Wood blocking at roof perimeter and expansion joint shall be fastened directly to the concrete roof decks with the specified fasteners spaced 18” on center maximum, staggered off the centerline of the woodwork being secured.
D. Plywood shall be fastened to vertical masonry surfaces with the specified fasteners spaced 8” on center vertically and 16” on center horizontally.
3.5 UNIT CURBS
A. Where applicable, wood blocking shall be installed to provide curbs to support units as required to raise units 8” minimum above the roof surface, and to provide a smooth flashing transition between the insulation system and curb unit as shown on the Detail Drawings.
B. Mechanical and electrical work requiring extension in order to raise and support units shall be completed by licensed tradesmen. Coordinate with Section 261000 – Temporary Mechanical-Electrical Disconnects.
3.11 FASTENING OF PVC
A. PVC- to wood connections shall be made using thin shank screws countersunk within the PVC and embedded within the wood substrates 1-1/2 inch. Screws shall be spaced 12-inches on center maximum and staggered off the centerline of the member of the member being fastened. Fill all counter sunk holes with polyurethane adhesive, color to match PVC.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry.docx
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
METAL WALL PANELS
SECTION 07 42 13
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. The General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Selective Demolition – Section 02 41 19 C. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 D. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 E. Metal Roof Ladders – Section 05 51 33 F. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 G. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashings – Section 07 53 00 H. Doors and Hardware - Section 08 10 00 I. Metal Windows – Section 08 51 00 J. Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects – Section 26 10 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools, and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good roofing practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer, as amended. The work under this Section generally includes the following:
1. The Contractor shall provide all scaffolding, lifts, cranes and equipment necessary to perform the work.
2. Contractor to Coordinate work within this section with all associated trades to perform work in an orderly fashion and to minimize temporary supports and weather protection.
3. Install air/vapor retarder, plywood, metal wall panels, closure panels, blind nailers, and associated flashings where indicated in the Contract Drawings.
a. Extend air/vapor retarder to wrap openings for intended window and door openings as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. Metal panels are to have staggered seams and are to be centered along wall runs. Refer to Contract Drawings for locations of windows, doors, and penetrations that affect panel work.
5. Install metal framing at locations indicated on Contract Drawings.
6. Install backer rod and sealant at locations indicated on Contract Drawings.
7. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's product specifications, standard details, certified product test results, and general recommendations, as applicable to materials and finishes for each component and for total panel assemblies.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of panels, details of corner conditions, joints, panel profiles, supports, anchorage, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory- and field-assembled work.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts or chips showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for wall panels with factory- applied finishes.
D. Samples for Verification: Provide sample panels 12 inches long by actual panel width, in the profile, style, color, and texture indicated. Include clips, caps, battens, fasteners, closures, and other exposed panel accessories.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed metal wall panel projects similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance for a minimum of 5 years.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver panels and other components so they will not be damaged or deformed. Package panels for protection against damage during transportation or handling.
B. Exercise care in unloading, storing, and erecting wall panels to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.
C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store panels to ensure dryness. Do not
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
store panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.
D. Field cutting sheet metal by torch is not permitted. All field cuts shall be de- burred.
E. Immediately remove all strippable films from panel surfaces if exposed in direct sunlight.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verify location of structural members and openings in substrates by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Finish Warranty: Submit a written warranty, signed by manufacturer, covering failure of the factory-applied exterior finish on metal wall panels within the specified warranty period and agreeing to repair finish or replace wall panels that show evidence of finish deterioration. Deterioration of finish includes, but is not limited to, color fade, chalking, cracking, peeling, and loss of film integrity.
B. Finish Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 METAL PANELS AND PRE-FORMED FLASHINGS
A. Aluminum for construction of all sheet metal wall panels, closures, corners and associated flashings shall be of 3004 aluminum alloy, H36 temper such as Design Wall as manufacturerd by ATAS International, or Designer Series by MBCI or CF Architectural Vertical Wall Panel by Metlspan or equivalent, 0.040” and 0.050” thick factory painted aluminum. Finish for all exposed painted aluminum flashings shall be as described in paragraph 2.5 of this Section. Panel surface shall be smooth.
B. Exterior wall panels shall have one 12” wide (visible surface) raised rib with a minimum depth of 1”. Each 12” wide panel shall have 2 stiffening folds centered in the rib. Panels shall have interlocking side laps to conceal securements.
C. Termination bars shall be 1/8” x 1” aluminum bar with pre-punched holes at 8” on center.
D. All accessories, including but not limited to nails, screws and clip strips shall be aluminum or stainless steel and completely compatible with the surrounding metal to prevent galvanic reaction.
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
E. Rivets shall be 3/16” diameter aluminum or stainless steel as required by the metal being fastened.
F. Sheet metal panel, closures, corners and flashings shall be shop fabricated. All breaks, bends and hems shall be uniform, clean, straight lines.
1. Inside and outside corners shall be 4” wide (visible surface) 2. Drips shall be hemmed 3/4" wide and break at a 30o angle. 3. Clips shall be 2” wide. 4. All horizontal flashing joints shall have 6" wide cover and backer plates.
Fabrication Schedule:
1. Aluminum, painted finish (.050) 1) Closures 2) Closure Cleat 3) Jamb Closure 4) Hook Strip with Drip Edge
2. Aluminum, painted finish (.040) a. Wall Panels b. Closure c. Counterflashing d. Cover Plates e. Inside Corners f. Outside Corners g. Skirt Flashing
3. Aluminum mill finish (.050) a. Continuous Hook strip b. Cleat
2.2 HIGH HATS AND Z-GIRTS
A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Protective Coating: manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Hat channels shall be hat shaped, roll formed shall be 2-1/4” width with a 1-1/4” width top flange furring channels. Hat channel depth will vary with wall configuration, refer to Contract Drawings. Hat channels shall be 20 gauge steel hot dip galvanized to G90 requirements. Fasteners for securing high channels
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
are to be spaced per panel manufacturer recommendations and equidistant along each side of channel.
C. Z-Girts shall be used at lower location where hat channels cannot be located. Z- Girts shall be similar in size to that of the hat channels and will vary in depth with the wall thickness.
D. Anchors to secure hat channels and Z-Girts to the masonry wall shall be masonry 1/4” diameter masonry screws with minimum 2” embedment or as required by the panel manufacturer.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. In general, fasteners, straps and other hardware shall be stainless steel or hot- dip galvanized steel. Galvanizing shall be per ASTM A 153 specifications. Electro-galvanizing will not be accepted.
B. Fasteners for securing metal wall panels to masonry block walls shall be 1/4” diameters, 1-3/4” length, stainless steel, self-tapping flat head screw. Fasteners shall be Kwik-Con II Masonry Screw Anchor System as manufactured by HILTI or approved equal.
C. Fasteners for securing sheet metal flashings to concrete shall be minimum 1-1/2” long flat head stainless steel drive pins in zinc sheaths. Drive pins shall be Metal HIT anchors as manufactured by HILTI or approved equal.
2.4 AIR VAPOR RETARDER
A. Air barriers for covering concrete block walls shall be air and water-resistant commercial wrap such as Tyvek by Dupont, Typar by Reemay, Barricade by Simplex or approved equal.
B. Polyurethane or latex based adhesive for holding the air barriers in place shall be as recommended by the commercial wrap manufacturer for adhesion to brick masonry and concrete surfaces.
C. Tape for sealing air barrier laps and seams shall be as recommended by the air barrier manufacturer.
2.5 SEALANT AND ACCESSORIES
A. Exterior sealant shall be two-part polyurethane base conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, uses NT, M, A and O as manufactured by Tremco, Sonneborne or Pecora. Color shall match the metal panel color.
B. Sealant required for incidental sheet metal and flashing work where sealant will not be exposed, shall be one part acrylic conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-S-230 such as “Mono” by Tremco or approved equal.
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Cleaners and primers shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant.
D. Bond breaker tape shall be self adhesive polyethylene tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
E. Backer rod shall be continuous length, closed cell polyethylene foam, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Backer rod shall be compressible, resilient, non-waxing, non-extruding and non-staining. Backer rod shall be of sufficient size to be compressed 30% of maximum joint width and shall be totally compatible with the sealant, primer and substrates. Backers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 962 - Type A, ASTM D 1622, ASTM D 1623 and ASTM D 5249 such as Green Rod by Nomaco, Sonofoam by Sonneborn, ITP soft type backer rod or approved equal.
2.6 FINISH
A. Finish for all exposed aluminum surfaces shall be a Resin-Based Coating- Hylar 5000, or Kynar 500. Paint dry film thickness shall be not less than 1.0 mils +/- 0.2 mils. Surface preparation and coating shall conform to AAMA 2605 Specifications. Durability: Provide coating field tested under normal range of weather conditions for a minimum of 15 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack, or check in finish; without chalking in excess of a chalk rating of 8 according to ASTM D 4214; and without fading in excess of 5 Hunter units.
B. Aluminum color shall be selected by the Owner and may include “premium” colors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements indicated for conditions affecting performance of metal panel walls.
B. Do not proceed with wall panel installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Promptly remove protective film, if any, from exposed surfaces of metal panels. Strip with care to avoid damage to finish.
3.2 AIR/VAPOR RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. Install air/vapor retarder to the entire wall area to be covered with the sheet metal cladding. Adhere air barrier to the wall surface with the manufacturers recommended polyurethane adhesive. Set air barriers into the adhesive and smooth out to remove all wrinkles. Overlap all side and end laps 3” minimum. All seams are to be taped with the air barrier manufacturer’s recommended tape.
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Air/vapor retarder shall be properly flashed at all edges and penetrations as recommended by the air barrier manufacturer.
3.3 PLYWOOD INSTALLATION
A. Plywood shall be installed in Coordination with Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry.
3.4 PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Prior to performing panel installation ensure that all mechanical/electrical disconnections have been performed in accordance with the Owners requirements.
B. Anchor panels and other components of the work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Secure panels to the masonry walls with the specified fasteners through the folded leg of the panel sheet at 24” on center. Fastener spacing should be a minimum of 12” for foundations, roof, corners or termination points.
C. Provide full bed of sealant in the fold of the metal panel prior to inserting the flange of the corresponding sheet. Sealant shall run the full height of the vertical panel. Provide drops of sealant at all fasteners heads.
D. Install all components required for a complete wall panel assembly including pan flashings, sill flashings, trim, inside and outside corner units, clips, cleats, flashings and similar items as required.
E. Backer plates shall be installed at the splice of all horizontal flashings. Set flashing over backer plate in a full bed of sealant. Install cover plates at each flashing joint with a full bed of sealant flashing and cover plate surfaces.
F. Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch per 20 feet on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. Panel shall be installed in a manner that will allow for thermal movement without deforming the face of the panel or adjacent panels and trim. The open edges of panel seams shall face away from main entrances or prominent elevations.
G. It is the intent of this specification to provide continuous panels from the roof to the foundation line with no horizontal seams. At elevations where the height of the building exceeds possible limits of panel fabrication construct horizontal seams as shown on the contract drawings. Fill fold of seam with a full bead of sealant prior to installing the next panel. Where horizontal seams are required they shall be all in the same line.
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
H. To make a cut parallel to the ribs, score the panel deeply with a sharp utility knife and bend back-and-forth along the score, breaking the metal off cleanly. For cuts across the ribs, use straight-cut snips, electric or pneumatic shears, a portable profile shear, or an electric nibbler. Circular saw cutting may be performed with a metal cutting blade (a finetooth hardwood blade, or a standard combination blade reversed in the saw). Light oil or soap on the blade should be added to aid cutting.
3.5 COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate new counterflashing to the dimensions and shapes shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. Counter flashing shall be installed a minimum of 12” above the finished roof surface.
B. Secure counter flashing with the membrane flashing with termination bars secured at 8” on center.
C. Secure the counterflashings with clips spaced 8” on center
3.6 SEALANT INSTALLATION
A. Install sealant where shown on the Contract Drawings and as required for the proper completion of the work.
B. Clean and prime substrates in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer’s requirements.
C. Precondition sealants to a temperature between 60 and 70 degrees or as required by the manufacturer. Apply sealant to clean dry surfaces only when the ambient temperature is between 60 and 85 degrees F.
D. Ensure all work by others occurring at sealant joint locations has been completed prior to the start of sealant installation.
E. Clean all substrates to receive the joint sealant using the manufacturers recommended cleaners and surface preparation techniques.
F. Ensure all existing sealants and other materials have been removed down to clean sound original substrates. Saw-cut, wire brush, chip, or grind as required to achieve suitable substrates for sealant installation.
G. All bonding surfaces shall be cleaned with a minimum of two applications of solvent followed by wiping with clean white rags. Solvent shall be applied with brushes and wiped from substrate with rags while it is still wet. Additional application shall be performed if dirt remains after two applications until all dirt is removed.
H. Joint primer shall be applied to all properly prepared, cleaned and dry substrates. Primer shall be approved by the sealant manufacturer for each substrate and shall
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
be completely compatible with the existing materials and proposed sealants and accessories.
I. Primer shall be applied prior to application of joint backer, bond breaker or sealant.
J. Joint backer shall be installed in all joints as detailed. Joint backing shall be installed with approximately 30% compression at 70 degrees F. Do not stretch, twist, tear or puncture joint backing. Butt joint backings tightly at intersections.
K. Joint backing shall be installed at the required depth so as not to exceed the joint width/depth ratio recommended for the sealant.
L. Bond breaker tape shall be installed at locations where backer rod cannot be utilized to achieve the designated joint depth and where shown on the Contract Drawings. Sealant shall adhere only to the sides of the joint and not to the back so as to eliminate three- sided adhesion.
M. Two-part polyurethane sealant shall be thoroughly mixed including tinting agent in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Sealant shall have a minimum application life of three (3) hours after mixing.
N. Unless otherwise required by the sealant manufacturer, the sealant shall be mixed for a period of 6 minutes minimum with a slow speed electrical drill and mixing paddle. The sides of the container shall be repeatedly scraped to ensure adequate mixing.
O. Sealant shall be applied to clean, dry, joints by knife, trowel, manual or air pressure caulking guns using proper nozzle sizes.
P. Sealant shall be forced into the joint to completely fill the void and achieve full “wet- out” of the bonding surfaces. Force sealant into the joint and against the sides of the joint. Avoid pulling sealant from sides. All joint sealant shall be immediately tooled to assure full adhesion. Sealant shall be dry tooled, straight, uniform, smooth and neatly finished to the profiles detailed. No soaps, wetting of slicking agents will be allowed.
Q. Provide weep holes at sill locations spaced 24” on center as shown on the Contract Drawings
3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. Repaired panels must be accepted by the Owner.
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction.
3.8 BLIND NAILER
A. Fabricate and install blind nailer flashing with a 2” minimum leg inserted behind the metal. Fasten flashing through leg of blind nailer.
B. Fold blind nailer with ½” hemmed edge over metal and fastener.
C. Provide continuous beads of sealant at back and leading edges. Refer to the detail for additional information.
3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTING
C. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. Repaired panels must be accepted by the Owner.
D. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 07 42 13 Metal Wall Panels.doc
METAL WALL PANELS 07 42 13-10 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS
SECTION 07 53 00 PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. The General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Alternates – Section 01 23 00 C. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 D. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 E. Cold-Formed Metal Framing – Section 05 40 00 F. Metal Roof Ladders – Section 05 51 33 G. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 H. Metal Wall Panels – Section 07 42 13 I. Doors and Hardware – Section 08 10 00 J. Painting and Coating – Section 09 90 00 K. Plumbing – Section 22 30 00 L. Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects – Section 26 10 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools, and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good roofing practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer, as amended. The work under this Section generally includes the following:
1. Dispose of all demolished materials, dirt, rubbish, and debris off-site in a legal dumping area. The Contractor shall obtain all permits necessary to transport and dispose of all materials, rubbish and debris affected by the scope of work, including the work of the sub-contractors.
2. At roof areas A, B, C, D, E, F, G, J, K, M1, & M2 remove and dispose of the entire existing roofing assembly. This includes, but is not limited to, EPDM membrane, insulation, fiberboard cover boards, edge metal and fascia, sealants and all other associated roofing components (including adhered bituminous coating at concrete roof decks) down to the existing concrete and metal decks to remain. Prepare surfaces to receive new roofing assembly.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
a. At roof area M1 and M2 penthouse walls remove and dispose of EPDM roofing membrane down to existing substrate. Prepare surfaces to receive metal panel wall assembly.
b. At Roof Area D remove existing louvers, windows, flashings, sealants, and prepare openings for new work indicated in the Contract Drawings. Coordinate with Section 26 10 00 Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnects.
3. For asbestos removal, the Contractor shall comply with the National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) regulation published in the Federal Register under 40 CFR part 61, sub-part M. In addition to these regulations, the Contractor shall comply with OSHA regulation (29 CFR Parts 1910 et. al – Occupational Exposure to Asbestos; Final Rule), all other State and Local guidelines regarding asbestos containing materials removal and disposal.
a. At roof areas H, L, N, O, P, & Q remove and dispose of existing skylight assembly. This includes, but is not limited to, metal frame, wire glass, sealants, flashings, securement clips, vent, and all other associated components. The skylight assemblies and associated components are assumed to contain asbestos and shall be disposed of in accordance with all local and state guidelines for the removal and disposal of asbestos containing materials. Prepare opening to receive new work.
b. At roof area D remove existing interior and exterior window and perimeter sealants and caulkings from all windows and skylights. The existing sealants associated with the window and translucent panel skylight components are assumed to contain asbestos and shall be disposed of in accordance with all local and state guidelines for the removal and disposal of Asbestos containing material (AMC). Prepare surfaces to receive new roofing assembly.
c. Remove existing window adjacent to roof area K. The window assembly and associated components are assumed to contain asbestos and shall be disposed of in accordance with all local and state guidelines for the removal and disposal of asbestos containing materials.
4. Remove all existing roof drains, clamping rings, strainers and bowls from metal deck roof areas indicated on the Contract Drawings and prepare to receive new drain system. Coordinate this work with the Plumbing Contractor per Section 22 30 00 for limits and work activities.
5. Remove existing, clamping rings, and strainers from roof area drains over concrete deck, indicated on the Contract Drawings. Coordinate this work
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
with the Masonry Contractor per Section 04 50 00 for limits and work activities.
6. Remove, prepare opening and replace existing penthouse door, frame, sealants, and associated flashings indicated on Contract Drawings
7. Install and furnish new fully adhered EPDM roofing assembly over existing concrete and metal decks. EPDM roofing assembly will consist of, but not be limited to, EPDM membrane, adhered cover board, adhered tapered insulation, adhered flat stock insulation to meet R-30 minimum, and self- adhered vapor retarder wither primer over existing roof decks. Include all wood blocking, edge metal, counter flashing, sealants and all accessories required for a complete watertight installation.
a. At roof areas H, L, N, O, P, & Q infill the skylight opening with metal deck and structural steel as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
b. Strip in all field seams with EPDM for all horizontal and vertical applications. Two ply stripping to be used by applying a 5” wide strip of flashing over which a 9” wide strip is to be applied. Uncured membrane shall be utilized where required by the manufacturer or by detail conditions. Stripping shall be continuous over the entire seam and extend onto the field membrane 4” minimum.
c. Install Roofing Manufacturer approved walkway pads at designated locations on Contract Drawings.
8. At Roof Area D install vent/exhaust extensions with framed box units to house the extensions as required to maintain the existing louver opening size and terminate as required above the new roof membrane. Coordinate with Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry for wood blocking to be installed around new vent/exhaust extensions. Coordinate with Section 26 10 00 – Temporary Mechanical/ Electrical Disconnects for limits and work activities.
9. Roof Area D Openings:
a. Base Bid: Infill opening with wood blocking, structural joists, corrugated metal deck, air/vapor retarder, insulation, coverboard, and roof membrane as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Install metal framing and gypsum board prime and painted to match adjacent finish with perimeter PVC trim on the underside of infill as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Coordinate work time with the City, as the interior of the school rooms may be occupied during school hours.
b. Alternate No. 1: Install new translucent panel skylight assemblies indicated on roof area D in the Contract Drawings.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
c. Refer to Section 01 23 00 – Alternates, 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashings, and 08 95 00 – Insulated Translucent Panel Skylight System for limits and work activities
10. Install new strainer, clamping rings, clamps, extenders, and any other accessories for complete roof drain assembly. Install new drain bowl collar extensions to accommodate the required minimum 5 1/2” of insulation.
a. Route and snake all roof drains to nearest manhole / drain out exit location. Perform at beginning of roofing operations and after substantial completion.
b. Coordinate with Masonry Contractor Section – 04 50 00 Masonry and Plumbing Contractor Section – 22 30 00 Plumbing for limits and work activities.
11. Field flash all pipe penetrations, pitch pockets will not be accepted. Install flashings, sealant, water cutoff mastic, and stainless-steel hose clamps. Coordinate vent pipe flashing work with the Plumbing Contractor per Section 22 30 00 for limits and work activities.
12. Install new sheet metal sleeves, flashings, and sealants for overflow and through wall scupper locations indicated on Contract Drawings. Coordinate this work with the Masonry Contractor per Section 04 50 00 for limits and work activities.
13. Install new gutter, downspout strainer, downspout, and splash blocks where indicated on the contract documents. Splash blocks to be installed at all downspout discharge location.
14. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate the work in this Section with the work in other sections to ensure a watertight condition and the orderly progress of work.
B. Remove only as much existing roofing as can be replaced and made weathertight each day, including all flashing work.
C. Roofing shall not be applied when ambient temperature is less than 40° F unless approved in writing by the Engineer and membrane manufacturer.
D. All surfaces to receive the new insulation, composite panels, membrane, or flashings shall be thoroughly dry. Should surface moisture such as dew exist, the
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the surface prior to application. Do not dry with open flames.
E. All new and temporary construction, including equipment and accessories, shall be secured from wind damage or blow-off.
F. Temporary waterstops shall be installed at the end of each day’s work and shall be removed before proceeding with the next day’s work. Water stops shall be compatible with all materials and shall not emit dangerous or incompatible fumes.
G. The Contractor is cautioned that oil and penta-based materials and preservatives are not compatible with compounded rubber membranes.
H. The building will be open to normal use during the time of construction. The Contractor shall take all precautions to create as little disruption as possible during the course of the work.
I. All areas of existing deck exposed and repaired each day shall receive the new insulation and roof membranes, including flashing membranes, in the same day’s operation. No decking, whether new or existing, shall be left exposed to the weather at the end of each workday.
J. Fully charged, inspected and approved fire extinguishers shall be on site at all times. No cutting, grinding or welding of any kind shall proceed without an approved fully charged fire extinguisher.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. A sample roofing system warrantee and letter of confirmation from the roof membrane manufacturer stating that the Contract Documents have been reviewed and that there are no exceptions to the Specifications and Contract Drawings shall be submitted. The roofing system must meet or exceed a UL 790, Class A and Factory Mutual Class 1-60 and be in conformance with all local and state building codes and is accepted by the manufacturer for the required warranty.
B. Provide a letter of approval from the insulation manufacturer and membrane manufacturer that the proposed insulation system is compatible with the specified adhesive system for uplift and will achieve the specified warranty. The minimum uplift requirements are as follows:
1. All Roof Area excluding Roof Area D a. Zone 1 (middle) – 35 Pounds Per Foot (PSF) b. Zone 2 (sides) – 55 PSF c. Zone 3 (corners) – 55 PSF
2. Roof Area D only a. Zone 1 (middle) – 15 Pounds Per Foot (PSF) b. Zone 2 (sides) – 35 PSF
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
c. Zone 3 (corners) – 35 PSF
C. The Contractor shall submit the following procedural items with their submittal package: 1. Methods of removal of materials 2. Temporary protection procedures 3. Fire watch procedures (if needed) 4. List of local emergency numbers 5. Staging/set-up procedures 6. Schedule of roof renovations
D. The Contractor shall submit the following samples with their submittal package:
1. Manufacturer’s literature and sample warranties
E. Provide the manufacturer’s product and installation literature for each item listed in Part 2 and other material anticipated for use on the project, for approval. Shop drawings are required indicating any anticipated changes.
F. The Contractor shall submit shop drawing plans indicating the insulation attachment pattern and locations, as required by the roof manufacturer.
G. The Contractor shall submit shop drawing plans indicating the new tapered insulation and roof cricket layout.
1.6 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
A. Roofing Contractor’s Guarantee: Upon completion of the work, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a Guarantee of his work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years, and shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm, and sealed if a corporation. In the event any work related to the roofing, flashing, or metal work is found to be defective within two years of substantial completion, the roofing contractor shall remove and replace such at no additional cost to the Owner. The roofing Contractor’s warranty obligation shall run directly to the building Owner, and a copy of the roofing signed warranty shall be sent to the roofing system’s manufacturer.
1. The duration of the Roofing Contractor’s two-year warranty shall run concurrent with the roofing system’s manufacturer’s 20-year warranty.
B. Roofing Systems Manufacturer’s Warranty: The roofing manufacturer shall guarantee roof areas to be in a watertight condition and free from seam separation and the delamination of the roofing system components, for a period of 20 years, from the date of final acceptance of the roofing system. The warranty shall be a 20-year no dollar limit, non-prorated total system labor, and material warranty, for wind speeds up to 75 miles per hour. The total system warranty shall include all roofing materials, related components, and accessories including, but not limited to the baseboard, vapor retarder, insulation board, cover board, roofing
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
membrane, membrane flashings, fasteners, adhesives and termination metals and roof drain assemblies. The manufacturer shall repair leaks and defects, in materials and workmanship as promptly after observation as weather and site conditions permit.
PART 2 – MATERIALS
2.1 ROOFING AND FLASHING MEMBRANES
A. Roofing membrane shall be 0.060” thick non-reinforced compounded rubber sheet elastomer (EPDM), as manufactured by Firestone, Carlisle SynTec Systems, Inc., or Versico Incorporated.
B. Stripping shall be 6” wide semi-cured EPDM self-adhering seam cover strips (minimum thickness: 60 mils).
C. The elastomeric sheet membrane shall have the following minimum properties:
PHYSICAL PROPERTY TEST METHOD SPECIFICATIONS Tolerance on Nominal Thickness, % ASTM D 412 +/- 10
Tensile Strength, min, psi ASTM D 412 1600
Elongation, Ultimate, min, % ASTM D 412 465
Tear Resistance, min, lbs/in ASTM D 624 200 (Die C)
Factory Seam Strength, min Modified Membrane Rupture ASTM D 816 PHYSICAL PROPERTY TEST METHOD SPECIFICATIONS Resistance to Heat Aging Properties after 4 weeks @ 240oF Tensile Strength, min, psi Elongation, Ultimate, min, % ASTM D 412 1450 Tear Resistance, min, lb/in ASTM D 412 280 Linear Dimensional Change, max, % ASTM D 624 215 ASTM D 1204 -0.5
Ozone Resistance ASTM D 1149 No Cracks Condition after exposure to 100 pphm Ozone in air for 168 hours @ 104oF (400C) Specimen is at 50% strain
Brittleness Temp., max deg. F ASTM D 746 -49
Resistance to Water Absorption ASTM D 471 2.0
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PHYSICAL PROPERTY TEST METHOD SPECIFICATIONS After 7 days immersion @ 158oF (70oC) Change in mass, max %
Water Vapor Permeability max, perm-mils ASTM E 96 0.03 (Proc. B or BW)
Resistance to Outdoor (Ultraviolet) ASTM D 26 No Cracks Weathering No Crazing Xenon-Arc, 4000 hours exposure, 176oF (80oC) black panel temperature
Sheet Composition ASTM D 297 Weight percent of polymer that is 100 EPDM, min, % Weight percent of sheet that is 30 EPDM polymer, min, %
D. Factory fabricated membrane seams shall be step tapered to achieve a smooth transition across the seam. Seams shall be vulcanized.
E. Flashing membrane to be used at corners of walls or penetrations shall be of the same manufacturer as the roof membrane and shall be 0.060” thick uncured elastomer completely compatible with all other components used in the new roofing system. Cured membrane specified in 2.01B shall be used at straight flashing runs. Seams shall be stripped-in with uncured membrane.
F. All materials and accessories used to install the roofing and flashing membrane systems shall be of the same manufacturer as the sheet membrane. These materials include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Surface cleaners and primers 2. Bonding adhesive 3 Splicing cement 4. Lap Sealant 5. Mastics 6. Caulkings and sealants 8. Pipe seals 9. Walkway Pad 10. Membrane termination strips, bars, plates and fasteners.
G. All membrane manufacturer’s required details shall be considered a part of this project and incorporated into the project details by the Contractor.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.2 ROOF INSULATION
All roof insulations proposed for this project shall be approved in writing by the membrane manufacturer for use with their membrane and as required to achieve the required roofing warranty.
A. Tapered and flat stock isocyanurate insulation shall be skinned with factory-applied fiberglass bituminous felt as manufactured by Celotex, Johns Manville, Firestone, or as supplied by the membrane manufacturer as required to meet membrane manufacturer’s requirements. The isocyanurate insulation board shall conform to ASTM Specification C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 3 (25 psi minimum).
1. The isocyanurate insulation shall have a minimum R-Value of 5.5 per inch and the roof assembly shall have a minimum area weighted aged R-Value of 30 as required to meet the Long Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) value in accordance with ASTM C518 and 780 CMR Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code’s 9th Edition including 780 CMR 13 Energy Conservation and the 2015 International Energy Conservation Code as referenced therein. (Not including drain sump areas).
2. Tapered insulation shall be as required to provide a minimum 1/4” per foot slope to drainage system over a flat deck, 1/2” per foot at crickets, drain sumps and around mechanical rooftop units; and meet the required LTTR value in accordance with ASTM C518 as described above.
a. The structural sloped decks are to receive no tapered insulation; however, field modification may be required to prevent ponding. Refer to Contract Drawings for additional information.
3. The isocyanurate insulation board size shall be a minimum of 2’x2’ if close to roof edge or 4’x4’ if located in field of roof square and of uniform dimension.
4. Isocyanurate insulation shall be approved in writing by the insulation and membrane manufacturer that the methods of attachment are covered under the membrane manufacturer’s labor and material warranty. Copies of the written acceptance shall be forwarded to the Engineer.
B. Tapered edge strips:
1. Tapered edge strips shall be 18” wide and 1-5/8” thick, tapering to a feathered edge.
2. Tapered edge strips shall consist of isocyanurate insulation.
a. Isocyanurate insulation tapered edge strips shall meet ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 3 specifications.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.3 BASE BOARD
A. Base board covering for metal decking shall be 1/2” minimum thick with moisture resistant fiberglass mats and a fire-resistance gypsum core. Base board is to be mold resistant and meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM D3273 such as DensDeck Roof Board or Approved Equal.
B. The base boards shall be a maximum of 4’ x 8’ in size, square, uniform in dimension, and approved in writing by the membrane manufacturer. A copy of the written acceptance shall be forwarded to the Engineer. Boards shall conform to ASTM E84.
2.4 COVER BOARD
A. Cover board insulation shall be 1/2” minimum thick high density isocyanurate insulation board with a minimum R-value of 2.5, as required by the roofing manufacturer. The boards shall be a maximum of 4’ x 8’ in size, square, uniform in dimension, and approved in writing by the membrane manufacturer. A copy of the written acceptance shall be forwarded to the Engineer. Cover board insulation shall conform to ASTM C1289 Type II specifications. Compressive strength shall be greater than 100 psi in accordance with ASTM D2126. Water absorption shall be 3.0% or less in accordance with ASTM C209.
2.5 COLD ADHESIVE FOR COVERBOARD AND INSULATION BOARD SECUREMENT
A. Adhesive to adhere the insulation boards and cover board systems shall be considered low volatile compounds (VOC), two component, cold-process, asbestos free, low-rise polyurethane foam adhesive conforming to ASTM D276, D2556, D1875, D429, D816, D1876, D412. Adhesive shall meet the required FM Global rating and shall be approved in writing by the membrane manufacturer and included as part of the warranty coverage. Adhesive shall be I.S.O. stick as manufactured by Firestone, Insta-Stik Professional Roofing Adhesive as manufactured by Insta-Foam Products, Inc., Olybond by Olympic or an approved equal.
2.6 SELF-ADHERED VAPOR RETARDER
A. Self-adhering vapor retarder shall be 32 mil minimum composite consisting of rubberized asphalt and polyethylene, polypropylene, or polyester sheet as required by the membrane manufacturer such as V-Force Vapor Barrier Membrane as manufactured by Firestone, 725TR as manufactured by Carlisle Syntec, Versico 725 as manufactured by Versico, or approved equal as required by the manufacturer to receive the warranty requirements. Utilize compatible primer for concrete deck.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-10 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.7 FASTENERS
A. In general, fasteners, straps and other hardware shall be copper, brass, stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. Galvanizing shall be per ASTM A 153-82 specifications.
B. All accessories, including, but not limited to nails, screws, clips, fastening strips, etc. shall be completely compatible with the material being fastened to prevent galvanic reaction and premature deterioration.
C. Nails for membrane and flashing terminations shall be No. 12 Stubbs gauge, large head, threaded shank, hot dip galvanized roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate the wood blocking 1-1/4” minimum.
D. Fasteners for terminating roof membrane and flashing at concrete or masonry walls shall be minimum 1-1/2” long drive pins in zinc sheaths as manufactured by Star, Rawl or approved equal. Embedment into masonry shall be 1-1/4”, minimum.
E. Fasteners for securement of flashings, and hook strips to wood blocking and plywood substrates shall be galvanized annular threaded ring shank nails. Fasteners shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the substrate 1-1/4” minimum, except full depth of plywood.
F. Base board securement to metal deck: #15, self-drilling, self-tapping screws of sufficient length to penetrate the metal roof decking by 1 inch., with a fluorocarbon coating in conformance with FM 4470 specifications, installed through minimum 3- inches diameter (nominal), 26 gauge galvalume coated steel stress plates, as recommended by the insulation and membrane manufacturers or an accepted substitute.
2.8 SHEET METAL AND PREFORMED FLASHINGS
A. Aluminum shall be 3003 Alloy, H-14 temper, mill finished, anodized or baked enamel finished aluminum, 0.040” and 0.050” thick. Baked enamel and anodized finished sheets shall be finished on both sides. Color(s) and finish to be selected by the Owner.
B. Stainless steel shall be 24 gauge AISI 18-8 type 304, 2D finish. Sheet length shall be 8’ maximum. Note, stainless steel is anticipated only to be used as a storm hood at hot pipe locations.
C. Copper shall be cold rolled sheet copper conforming to ASTM B370 Type 1, Class A 20 or 24oz. as required per the detail sheets or as listed below in the outlined scheduled. Sheet length shall be 8’-0” maximum.
D. All accessories, including but not limited to nails, screws and clip strips shall be copper, brass, stainless steel or galvanized steel and completely compatible with the surrounding metal to prevent galvanic reaction.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-11 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
E. Termination bars shall be 1/8" x 1" aluminum or stainless steel with pre-punched holes at 6” on center, or as required by the membrane manufacturer.
F. Rivets shall be 3/16" diameter aluminum or stainless steel as required by the metal being secured.
G. Sheet metal flashings shall be shop fabricated. All breaks, bends, and hems shall be uniform, clean, straight lines.
1. Flanges shall be 4" wide minimum and hemmed. 2. Drip edges shall be hemmed 3/4" wide and break at a 30o angle. 3. Clips shall be 2" wide. 4. All flanges to be covered with roofing or flashing membranes shall have a 1/4" minimum hem on the edge. 5. All sheet metal joints shall have 6” wide cover and backer plates. 6. Blind nailers shall be 4” wide, folded to 2” wide final dimension.
7. All aluminum joints shall be adequately overlapped, back-sealed and riveted.
8. Fascia reveals shall not exceed 8”. Fascia requiring a greater vertical face than 8” shall be fabricated as a two-piece system with each face of equal exposure.
9. Maintain equal fascia height around entire perimeter of roof area.
H. Fabrication Schedule:
1. Coated Aluminum (0.050’’) a. Cover Plates b. Edge Metal Fascia c. Blind Nailers d. Surface Mounted Reglet Flashing e. Clips f. Parapet Cap Flashing g. Overflow Scupper Sleeve h. Skylight Curb Flashing
2. Mil Finish Aluminum (0.040’’) a. Backer plates b. Downspout c. Outlet Tube d. Gutter Box
3. Stainless Steel a. Fan Unit Skirt Flashing b. 2” wide clips
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-12 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
c. Hose clamps
4. Mil Finish Aluminum (0.050’’) a. Hook Strips b. Continuous Cleat
2.9 SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Sealant for sheet metal flashings and other exposed locations shall be a one-part polyurethane conforming to ASTM C920-87, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, and O such as manufactured by Tremco, BASF-Sonneborn, Sika Corp., or approved equal.
B. Color(s) shall be selected by the Owner from the approved manufacturer's color chart. Colors shall be the manufacturer’s available premium colors such as "Color Pak" by Tremco or approved equal.
C. Primer shall be non-staining type as manufactured or recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each substrate.
D. Substrate cleaner shall be non-corrosive and non-staining as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Cleaner shall be totally compatible with the sealant for each substrate.
E. Bond breaker tape shall be pressure-sensitive tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
F. Masking material shall be commercially available masking tape of appropriate width or other material recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Self-adhesive masking materials shall be of low tack and completely strippable, leaving no adhesive residue behind when removed.
2.10 WALKWAY PADS
A. Walkway pads shall be a black, molded rubber walkway pad with slip resistant surface and factory rounded corners. Size shall be 30" by 30" and 3/16" in thickness.
B. Adhesive and primers shall be as recommended by the manufacture.
C. Walkways pads to receive a continuous perimeter seal.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-13 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.11 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Insulation for use at expansion joints shall be a fibrous, glass type batt, non-faced, roll insulation as manufactured by Owens-Corning Fiberglass or approved equal.
B. Foam rod as required for expansion joints shall be a closed cell, high density, neoprene foam tube of the size required and as recommended by the membrane manufacturer.
2.12 SLEEPERS
A. Wood sleepers shall be construction grade Spruce/Pine/Fir; and shall be 4”x4” nominal dimensions, except where otherwise detailed. Sleepers shall be pressure treated.
a. Fasteners shall be galvanized annular threaded ring shank nails. Fasteners shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member 1 1/2" minimum, except full depth into plywood.
B. Provide a pre-fabricated support system with galvanized cover to secure all above roof conduit piping and ductwork support legs a minimum of 4-inches above roof. Support system to be weighted, exterior grade, UV-resistant, non-penetrating, ASTM tested, for low-sloped roof applications, shall be capable of supporting 50 lbs loads, and designed to shed water from the sleeper. Such as Dura-Blok Rooftop Supports, MIFAB C-Port Supports, or approved equal.
2.13 SAFETY RAILING
A. Safety railing shall be RailGuard 200 Safety Rail as manufactured by Garlock, or approved equal and able to resistance 200lbs of fall arrest force minimum.
1. Safety rails shall be 1-1/4 inch outer diameter steel tubing with a galvanized finish. Finishes and colors of the safety rails shall be selected by the Authority, but anticipated to be galvanized. Height of safety rail shall meet minimum OSHA safety requirements for roof top installation above finished roof elevations.
2. Guardrail bases shall be 90 pounds, 21-1/4 inches wide and have four rail receiving posts. The manufacturer shall provide a spacing layout, noting if returns perpendicular to the perimeter edge rail will be required to meet the fall arrest requirements. Each post shall have slots utilized for a positive locking system and securement pin. Finishes and colors of the bases shall be selected by the Authority. Base plates shall be configured to accept toe boards for future renovation projects.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-14 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
3. Securement pins for the positive locking system shall be zinc plated and yellow chromate dipped 1010 carbon steel. Securement pins shall consist of a collared pin a lanyard connecting to a lynch pin.
4. Protection pads for use under the bases shall be 30 inches by 30 inches pads as manufactured by the safety railing manufacturer, or as approved by the Roof Manufacturer.
2.14 GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, AND SPLASH BLOCKS
A. Gutter hangers, downspout straps, spaces, and dogs shall be heavy weight aluminum 1/4” thick x 1” wide minimum and shall be secured to the wood blocking, fascia or structure. Dogs shall have a twist to eliminate drips over the edge. Dogs and hangers shall be pre-punched to receive through-bolt.
B. Stiffening bars shall be continuous heavy weight aluminum bars 1/4” thick x 3/4” wide minimum. Bars shall be pre-punched to receive through-bolt.
C. Screws for downspouts straps and gutter and hanger securement shall be stainless steel and have 1 1/2-inch embedment minimum into the substrate.
D. Downspout strainers shall be stainless steel wire 0.018” thick minimum, round, wire strainers as manufactured by Berger building products or approved equal.
E. Splash blocks shall be solid rubber that is UV-resistant and mold-resistant. Blocks to be weighted to not blow or float away after installation. Color to be determined by Owner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
A. Do not deliver to site or install any material or system that has not been approved by the Engineer or Owner. Materials installed without approval may be required to be removed at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. The prepared roof deck surface must be dry, clean and smooth. Provide dryers, if necessary, to dry deck surfaces prior to installing new work. Open flame devices shall not be used.
C. Maintain temporary protection of the new and existing roof system throughout the duration of the project. The roof system will be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer prior to final payment. All areas of stained membrane will be cut out and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Multiple patches in close proximity will not be acceptable and will require one large patch.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-15 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Comply with the manufacturer’s written instructions and these specifications for all roof repairs and associated work. Flashing shall be installed along with the membrane to assure weather tight termination.
E. Do not cut any material with a solvent or dilutant unless specifically instructed by the manufacturer in writing.
F. Keep covers tightly sealed on all canned and evaporative products to prevent premature curing.
G. Partial or unmarked cans or rolls of materials cannot be used.
H. Do not store rolls of membrane or flashings on the roof without the written consent of the Engineer and Owner.
I. Refer to the publication, "Copper and Common Sense" by Revere Copper and Brass and all recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association concerning methods and materials to be used in the fabrication and construction of sheet metal flashings.
3.2 REMOVAL OF EXISTING SYSTEM
A. Remove existing elastometric roof membrane, insulation, base flashing, and associated components in their entirety down to existing roof decks. Cut existing membrane and insulation along straight lines. Remove roofing system and insulation without damaging the roof deck.
B. Remove existing elastometric roof membrane, base flashings, termination bars, and associated components (including existing wood blocking) in their entirety down to existing masonry wall.
C. Scrape and clean the existing roof deck, walls and penetration surfaces. Notify the Owner and Engineer of any areas of unsuitable roof deck or associated components.
D. Sequence work to minimize building exposure between demolition and new roof materials installation. Install temporary roofing and flashing as necessary to maintain a watertight condition throughout the course of the work. Remove temporary work prior to installation of permanent roof system materials. Only remove as much roofing and flashings as can be made weathertight the same day with the new work. Arrange each day’s termination point to prevent interruption of roof top drainage.
E. Remove existing drain bowls, strainers, clamping rings, and drain bowls from the existing drain assemblies; Coordinate with Section 22 30 00 - Plumbing.
F. Temporarily support exposed duct work.
G. Remove, disconnect, store, and reinstall existing rooftop mechanical equipment in preparation for new roof system. Removals, lengthening/shortening, and
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-16 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
reinstallations of mechanical equipment including mechanical/electrical connections are to be performed by licensed tradesmen. Refer to Section 26 10 00 for Temporary Mechanical/Electrical Disconnect specifications. Costs for mechanical/electrical work shall be included in the Contractor’s bid price.
H. Remove existing mechanical equipment support curbs in preparation for installing new curbs at unit locations as indicated.
3.3 REMOVAL OF EXISTING WOOD BLOCKING
A. Remove and dispose of all existing wood blocking and all blocking scheduled to be removed and replaced in accordance with the Contract Drawings and this Specification.
B. During removal and replacement of woodwork, the Contractor shall report to the Owner and Engineer any existing wood blocking designated to remain, or structural supports which are deteriorated or unsuitable. Do not cover unacceptable areas until reviewed by the Engineer, and provide temporary protection to the area in question.
3.4 DECK PREPARATION
A. Allow moist deck sections to dry prior to application of roof insulation. Open flames are strictly prohibited from the roof areas.
B. Clean deck surfaces using brooms, air spray, or other means necessary to provide a clean, smooth, uniform deck.
C. Refer to Section 03 60 00 Concrete Repairs for additional information.
D. Refer to 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing for additional information.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF SELF-ADHERED VAPOR RETARDER
A. Apply manufacturer’s approved primer to prepared substrate in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. The substrate must be clean, dry and free of dust, grease or other contaminants.
B. Self-Adhered vapor barrier must be installed on the same day as the primer application. Allow primer to dry completely and install the vapor retarder. Do not install when it is raining, snowing, or on wet/humid surfaces. Install in temperatures 32̊F and above.
C. Unroll self-adhered vapor barrier on the substrate without adhering for alignment. Overlap each preceding sheet by 3 inches lengthwise following the reference line and by 6 inches at each end. Stagger end laps by at least 12 inches. Do not immediately remove the release sheet.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-17 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Once aligned, peel back a portion of the release sheet and press the membrane onto the substrate for initial adherence. Hold self-adhered vapor barrier tight and peel back the release sheet by pulling diagonally.
E. Use a 75 lb. roller to press the self-adhered vapor barrier down into the substrate including the laps. Finish by aligning the edge of the roller with the lower end of the side laps and rolling up the membrane. Do not cut the membrane to remove air bubbles trapped under the laps. Squeeze out air bubbles by pushing the roller to the edge of the laps.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION SYSTEM
A. The multi-layer insulation system shall be installed on properly prepared, clean, dry surfaces.
B. Allow moist vapor barrier sections to dry prior to application of roof insulation. Open flames are strictly prohibited from the roof areas. Ensure that vapor barrier surface and joints are clean of all debris and roofing materials.
C. Insulation boards shall be free of defects including but not limited to, broken corners, improperly adhered facers, excessive moisture, dimensional irregularities, and the like. Defective insulation boards shall be marked and immediately removed from the site.
D. The concrete roof deck shall receive the self-adhered vapor retarder system with primer prior to the installation of the insulation system.
E. The corrugated metal deck is to receive the base board layer mechanically attached prior to the self-adhered vapor retarder with primer.
F. Install the insulation boards in adhesive atop the properly installed vapor barrier. Stagger all end joints to the middle of the long dimension of adjacent insulation boards and stagger insulation layer to layer.
1. Ensure that boards are totally adhered prior to application of roof membrane.
a. Adhesive bead spacing shall be 12” O.C. – Field; 6” O.C. – Perimeter; and 4” O.C. – Corners, minimum, unless designated otherwise by the manufacturer.
G. Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness.
H. The minimum dimension of cut insulation boards shall be 12” with a minimum surface area of 2 square feet. Maximum size of insulation board is 4’ x 8’. Only full sized insulation boards shall be used at roof perimeters and corners.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-18 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
I. All insulation boards shall be installed tightly butted to adjacent insulation or wood blocking. If gaps greater than 1/8” exist between the boards, the board shall be cut out and replaced.
J. Insulation boards set in cold-process adhesive shall immediately be "walked-in" to assure full embedment. Poorly adhered boards shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
K. Provide insulation crickets at high points of roof top penetrations to prevent ponding water and provide positive slope toward the drainage system. Set crickets in adhesive prior to setting cover boards, or as otherwise required by the roof membrane manufacturer to maintain the specified warranty.
L. Utilize tapered edge strips and fillers at drain locations. Step taper the surrounding insulation system down to the drain bowl location. Provide maximum sumps in conjunction with the tapered insulation system. Tie-in locations shall have a minimum sump of 4’ x 4’.
3.7 COVER BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Install coverboard in cold adhesive applied in strict accordance with the adhesive manufacturer’s written instructions to achieve the required warranty.
B. Install the coverboard and immediately “walk” the system into place to spread the adhesive for maximum contact. Stagger all end joints to the middle of the long dimension of adjacent boards, 24” minimum. Continue to “walk” the coverboard every 5 to 7 minutes until firm adhesion is achieved. Ballast the boards to prevent cupping. Redistribute ballast to ensure full bonding of the system.
C. Ensure that the boards are totally adhered prior to application of roof membrane.
1. Adhesive bead spacing shall be 12” O.C. – Field; 6” O.C. – Perimeter; and 4” O.C. – Corners, minimum, unless designated otherwise by the manufacturer.
3.8 BASE BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Install baseboard over metal decking where indicated on Contract Drawings with mechanical fasteners in accordance with the roofing system manufacturers warranty and uplift requirements.
B. Install the baseboard and stagger all end joints to the middle of the long dimension of adjacent boards, 24” minimum.
3.9 ADHERED MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
It is the intent of this Specification Section to provide the Owner with a new, fully adhered membrane, 100% bonded to the insulation, of sufficient bond strength to resist FM1-60 field uplift pressures as defined in FM Data Sheet 1-28, current edition.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-19 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Refer to Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry, regarding the installation of wood blocking and similar accessory woodwork. Be sure all loose or deteriorated bituminous substances are removed with the original system. Clean any items designated to remain of all remaining bitumen.
B. Inspect surface of insulation prior to installation of roof membrane. Insulation surface shall be clean and smooth with no excessive surface roughness. Contaminated surfaces or unsound surfaces such as broken or delaminated boards or insulation voids shall be removed and disposed. Cover boards shall be swept and blown clean of all dust prior to applying bonding adhesives.
C. Install fully adhered elastomeric roofing on all roof areas designated to receive such. Install membrane system in accordance with the recommendations and requirements of the membrane material’s manufacturer, as amended in these Specifications. Follow manufacturer requirements concerning application rates for cleaners, solvents, adhesives and similar materials. The application rates for these items given in these Specifications are to be considered nominal and the actual rates will vary from manufacturer to manufacturer.
D. Position roofing membrane without stretching over the insulation. Lay sheets in a shingle fashion. Allow the membrane to relax for minimum one-half hour before bonding. Fold the sheet back onto itself so that one-half of the underside of the sheet is exposed. It is essential that the fold in the sheet be smooth, with no wrinkles or buckles, because these could cause wrinkles in the sheet during installation. Apply the bonding adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer’s published instructions to both the sheet and the substrate, using a 9” plastic core paint roller. Apply the bonding adhesive evenly avoiding globs and puddles. Correct application of the bonding adhesive will render approximately 60 square feet per gallon of finished surface coverage. This is a contact type adhesive and includes coating for the membrane and coating on the substrate. Allow the adhesive to dry until tacky; the adhesive must not string or stick to a dry-finger touch. Roll the coated membrane into the adhesive, being careful to avoid wrinkles. Brush down the bonded half of the sheet with a push broom to achieve maximum contact. Fold back the unbonded half of the sheet and repeat the bonding procedure. No wrinkles shall be allowed in the completed application. Wrinkled sheets shall immediately be removed and replaced and not patched. Do not apply bonding adhesive in areas that are to be spliced to flashings or adjacent sheets. Apply all sheets in the same manner, lapping adjacent sheet a minimum of 6”.
E. Splice adjacent sheets in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions using the manufacturer’s double sided seam tapes (minimum 6” tape). Totally clean areas to be spliced of all talc, dirt and other foreign substances using clean rags with manufacturer’s splice wash cleaner or other manufacturer’s recommended cleaner. Clean all seam areas at least twice in two separate applications with new rags and cleaner each time. Change the rags and cleaner frequently. It is imperative that these seam areas be totally clean. Install
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-20 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
manufacturer’s in-seam sealant to cleaned seams as recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Apply seam tape for the full width (minimum 6”) of the lap splice. Totally clean the completed splice for a distance of 1” on either side of the edge of the top sheet using clean rags and cleaner. Apply a continuous bead of lap sealant to the edge of the spliced sheet and feather out bead using preformed trowel. Lap sealant must be set daily as the work progresses.
F. Nail off membrane, after relaxing, adhering and splicing, along all perimeters and around all flashing units. Membrane shall be nailed off with the hook strip flange or termination bar along perimeters as detailed. The membrane at all flashing locations shall be nailed off 6” on center maximum with the specified roofing nails through tin discs. In areas where no metal flanges are installed (such as at roof to wall details), the nailing shall be reduced to 4” on center maximum. All nailing shall be held back 2” from the edge of the membrane. Vertical nailers, when used, shall be fastened 8” on center. Extend membrane behind vertical nailers and secure through it.
G. Temporary waterstops shall be constructed to provide a 100% watertight seal utilizing a raised temporary waterstop at the end of each day’s work. Sweep back and totally clean the gravel and flood coat from the existing roof and set a 2” x 4” stud atop the prepared area in sealant or materials recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Where stopping work on the new system, maintain the stagger of the insulation joints by installing partial fillers. Carry the new membrane up and over 2” x 4” waterstop. Seal the edge of the new membrane onto the old membrane in a continuous heavy application of sealant or materials recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Weight the membrane down in the sealant with a 2” x 10” wood member with ballast on top. Ballast should be approximately 20 pounds per linear foot. When work is resumed, remove all sealant, membrane, insulation fillers, etc. from the area of the waterstop. Do not reuse any of the materials in the new work. If inclement weather occurs while a temporary waterstop is in place, the Contractor shall provide the labor necessary to monitor the situation in order to maintain a watertight condition.
3.10 PEEL STOPS
A. Install continuous peel stop (1”x 1/8” aluminum bar) 4’-0” offset at perimeter of roof or as required by the roof manufacturer. Mechanically fasten 12 inch O.C.
B. Strip-in with manufacturer’s membrane flashing and provide gaps at 8 inch O.C. to allow drainage.
3.11 WATERSTOPS
A. All flashings shall be installed concurrently with the roof membrane in order to achieve a watertight condition as the work progresses. When a situation arises where a break in the day's work occurs in the central area of a roof, a temporary waterstop shall be constructed to provide a 100% watertight seal utilizing a raised temporary waterstop. Sweep back and totally clean the existing roof and set a 2" x 4" stud atop the prepared
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-21 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
area in roof cement as recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Where stopping work on the new system, maintain the stagger of the insulation joints by installing partial fillers.
B. Carry the new membrane up and over 2" x 4" waterstop. Seal the edge of the membrane in a continuous heavy application of roof cement. Weight the membrane down in the sealant with a 2" x 10" wood member with ballast on top. Ballast should be approximately 20 lb./l.f. When restarting work, remove all sealant, membrane, insulation fillers, etc. from the work area. Do not reuse any of the material in the new work. Cut off contaminated EPDM membrane and dispose of immediately. If inclement weather occurs while a temporary waterstop is in place, the Contractor shall provide the labor necessary to monitor the situation to maintain a water tight condition.
3.12 MEMBRANE FLASHING
All flashings shall be installed concurrently with the roof membrane in order to maintain a watertight condition as the job progresses. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule, as much as practical, to install complete distinct roof areas each which, once flashed, will then be installed completely. No temporary membrane flashings shall be allowed without the prior written approval of the Engineer. Approval will only be for specific locations on specific dates.
A. Ensure that all air intakes and air handling units have been shut off or temporary protected to prevent adhesive fumes from infiltrating the building.
B. Ensure that all substrates are free from contaminates prior to the installation of the new flashing membranes. Install the manufacturers’ buffer or protection sheets as required.
C. Cured membrane shall be used for flashing purposes as much as practical. Uncured sheets are to be used at vent pipes, inside and outside corners, seams in flashings or at any other location where forming of membrane flashings is required.
D. Flashing sheet shall be spliced to the membrane first, and then bonded to the mating surface. Totally clean the roof membrane area to receive flashing sheet using new, clean rags and manufacturer’s splice wash cleaner. All talc, dirt, excess bonding adhesive and other foreign material shall be totally cleaned from the roof membrane sheet. Clean all seam areas at least twice in two separate applications with new rags and cleaner each time. After cleaning, apply splicing cement to both the underside of the flashing sheet and the prepared roof membrane for a width of minimum 6”. Be sure cement is not on bonding adhesive areas.
E. Apply bonding adhesive to surface of wood, metal, masonry or other material or surface to be flashed. Also apply bonding adhesive to flashing membrane making sure bonding adhesive is not applied to splice area of flashing and using longest
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-22 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
possible lengths of flashing membrane. Apply bonding adhesive using rollers or brushes 100% to all surfaces at a smooth, uniform rate, free of holidays, light spots, globs or similar irregularities, at the manufacturer’s application rate. Allow two surfaces of adhesive to dry to a tacky condition, such that adhesive does not stick or string when touched with a dry finger. After bonding adhesive has set on both surfaces, roll flashing onto surface carefully to prevent wrinkles, fishmouths, bridging or similar flaws. Unless otherwise detailed, top of membrane flashings must be minimum 8” above the surface of the roof membrane, 3” minimum above the bottom of metal counterflashings, and minimum 3” past the limits of nail heads or other fasteners. Membrane flashings shall extend the full width of horizontal metal flashing flanges (i.e., gravel stops). After setting, roll membrane into place using a 2” wide steel roller and heavy hand pressure. Roll 100% of the surface to assure total adhesion with no wrinkles or bridging. After rolling, splice vertical or side laps of flashing sheet using minimum 6” wide splices and splicing cement. After applying splicing cement to both mating surfaces of the flashing sheet vertical laps and allowing it to become tacky, roll splice in place as described above.
F. Inside and outside corners and other changes in direction of flashing sheets shall not be butt-type splices at the point of direction change. All flashing sheets shall be jointed past the change in direction. Inside vertical corners shall be folded with no cuts in the sheet at the corner. Folds shall be “pig’s ear” type on flashing sheets entering a corner. Splice shall be made 16” minimum away from corner. Outside vertical corners, such as around curb units, shall extend a minimum of 2” around the corner for each flashing sheet. Contour flashing sheets in place with light pressure. Flashing sheet may be heated, if ambient temperature is below 60 degrees F, in order to work them in place. Heating shall be done with heat lamp or air gun. No open flames can be used. All flashings shall be installed in accordance with the approved shop drawings and manufacturer’s instructions, unless amended. Flashings shall be turned up and over the tops of curbs as much as practical.
G. Membrane flashing terminating on a vertical surface shall be mechanically fastened to the substrate.
1. On wood surfaces, termination bars and flashings shall be secured with the specified large head roofing nails spaced 6” on center maximum or as specifically required by the membrane manufacturer.
2. On masonry surfaces, termination bars and flashings shall be secured using the specified drive pins through predrilled holes spaced 8” on center maximum or as specifically required by the membrane manufacturer.
H. Strip in all metal flanges such as gravel stops and vents with EPDM. Two ply stripping to be used by applying a 5” wide strip of flashing over which a 9” wide strip is to be applied. Uncured membrane shall be utilized where required by the manufacturer or by detail conditions. Stripping shall be continuous over the entire flange and extend onto the membrane 6” minimum.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-23 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
I. Strip in all roof to wall terminations where new membrane will terminate below the existing membrane wall cladding with EPDM. Uncured membrane shall be utilized where required by the manufacturer or by detail conditions. Stripping shall be continuous over the entire flange and extend onto the membrane 3” minimum on each side of the lap.
J. The Contractor shall flash all roof drains with the new roof system. Extend membrane 1/2” minimum inside clamping ring with a continuous full bead of water cut-off mastic under the membrane.
K. Lap sealant shall be applied daily along all edges of membranes which terminate on the horizontal, gravel stops and similar locations. After proper installation of membrane flashings, clean the area of the lap with the manufacturer’s recommended cleaner and apply continuous bead of lap sealant to all seams, including vertical laps of the flashings. Feather the sealant bead using the preformed trowel. Should uncaulked seams be found to have weathered beneath ponding conditions, the Contractor will be required to strip-in these seams with 6” stripping as required by the Owner.
3.13 WALKWAY PADS
A. Install membrane manufacturer’s protection mat on the roof surface in locations identified in the Contract Drawings or as designated by the Owner.
3.14 SHEET METAL FLASHINGS - GENERAL
A. Sheet metal flashings shall be as specified herein. Refer to the recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association concerning methods and materials to be used in the fabrication and construction of sheet metal flashings.
B. Form and fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, integral flashings, and other components of the sheet metal flashings to profiles, patterns, shown and as required for permanently leak proof construction configurations.
C. It is the intent of this Specification to utilize the most effective joint configuration possible to properly install strong, weathertight metal flashings. Comply with the following standards unless otherwise specified when fabricating metal components to be joined:
1. Prefabricate corners of edge metal, counterflashings and skirt flashing in one-piece sections with minimum lengths of 18-inches in each dimension from the corner whenever possible.
2. Whenever one-piece construction is not possible, solderable metals shall utilize interlocked, crimped, and fully soldered seams and joints.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-24 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
3. Seams and joints of non-solderable metals shall be interlocked, riveted and completely filled with sealant.
4. Provide sheet metal closure components at transitions to rising walls and similar changes in plane for edge metal, expansion joint covers and other termination flashings. Fully crimp and seal closures to continuous blind nailed cleats.
D. Comply with Military Specification MIL-S-6872B entitled, "General Specifications for Soldering Process" when forming soldered joint. Use conduction soldering methods. Areas to be joined shall be cleaned of all oil, grease, pencil marks, paint, dirt or other foreign substances. Remove all burrs using files, grinding stones or other methods. Hold parts in place using clamps, jigs and supports or by self- fixturing. If parts are tack-soldered to hold them in place, the area of tack-soldering shall be reworked into the final soldering. Parts cannot move during the soldering process.
E. Separate dissimilar metals by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a bituminous coating, by applying rubberized asphalt underlayment to each metal surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer’s or dissimilar metals.
3.15 EDGE METAL FASCIA
A. Pre-formed sheet metal flashings shall be formed and installed as indicated in the detail drawings
B. All metal flashings shall be fastened into solid wood nailers with two rows of the specified fasteners, 4 inches on center, staggered.
C. Flashings shall be installed to provide adequate resistance to bending and allow normal thermal expansion and contraction.
D. Install backer plates under the edge metal.
E. Adjacent sheets of flashings shall be spaced ¼’’ apart and joints covered with 6” wide sheet metal cover plates. Should alternate scope of work be accepted then cover with 2’’ wide aluminum tape with a 4’’ wide strip of thermoplastic flashing membrane hot air welded over the joint, or as recommended by the manufacturer.
F. Edge Metal/Fascia flashing systems shall be installed to all roof perimeter edges as shown in the detail drawings.
G. Hook new edge metal/fascia to aluminum hook strips. Secure continuous hook strips at 6’’ on center minimum with nailed into wood blocking.
H. Backer plates shall be installed behind all fascia-flashing joints. Set flange on roof and nail off with fascia flashing flange.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-25 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
I. Sealant shall be applied with full beads between backer plates to fascia flashing joint.
J. Fascia flashing flange shall be nailed off over membrane 3’’ on center staggered, minimum.
K. Provide blind nailers at exposed ends where fascias meet rising walls as necessary and other locations as required to provide an aesthetic watertight termination of metal flashings.
3.16 SKIRT/COUNTER METAL FLASHING
A. Install sheet metal skirt and counter flashings where indicated. Skirt metal flashings shall be fastened with the specified fasteners.
B. For clip-on counter flashings, crimp top vertical edge to existing counter flashing, which has been trimmed to receive clip-on flashing.
C. All fasteners shall be concealed. Secure low edge of flashing using clips spaced 8” on center maximum. Secure clip to substrate with specified fastener and fully crimp to low edge.
3.17 CONTINUOUS CLEATS AND HOOK STRIPS
A. Form continuous cleats/hook strips with ¾-inch kicks, bent out at a 30 angle to the face or wall. Height and profile of continuous cleats/hook strips shall be as indicated on the Detail Drawings.
B. Secure continuous cleats/hook strips to wood blocking with the specified fasteners spaced at 4-inches on center – staggered.
C. Provide 1/8-inch butt joints between hook strip sections.
3.18 SECUREMENT CLIPS
A. Secure clips to substrate with the specified fasteners at minimum 6 inches on center, or as indicated on the Detail Drawings.
B. Bend clips a minimum of 1-inch over bottom drip edge of flashing and crimp tightly.
3.19 BLIND NAILERS
A. Fabricate and install blind nailers flashing with a 2” minimum leg inserted behind membrane or sheet metal fascia. Fasten flashing through leg of blind nailers.
B. Fold blind nailers with ½” hemmed edge over membrane and fastener.
C. Provide continuous beads of sealant at back and leading edges. Refer to the detail for additional information.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-26 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
3.20 UNIT CURBS
A. Wood blocking shall be installed to provide curbs to support units as required to raise units 8” minimum above the roof surface as shown on the Detail Drawings.
B. Mechanical and electrical work requiring extension in order to raise and support units shall be completed by a licensed tradesman provided by the Roofing Sub-Contractor.
3.21 SLEEPERS
A. Pre-manufactured sleepers shall be installed over manufacturer’s walkway pads.
3.22 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Construct expansion joints as detailed using cured elastomeric roof membrane.
B. Install new wood blocking and trim existing wood blocking as shown on the Detail Drawings and described in Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry.
C. Install loop of membrane as required to support fiberglass batt insulation as detailed.
D. Fill void created by the loop of membrane and wood blocking with batt insulation.
E. Install foam tube atop looped membrane and wood blocking. Butt all ends of foam rod to prevent voids. Adhere in place with splice cement if required.
F. Install cured membrane over the foam tube and extend onto adjacent membrane areas 6” minimum. Strip-in all seams with uncured membrane.
G. Install sheet metal per detail.
3.23 SEALANTS – GENERAL
A. Do not leave any partially completed sections exposed to the elements overnight.
B. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions and these Specifications pertaining to sealant installation.
C. Do not cut any material with a solvent or dilutant unless approved by the Engineer in writing.
D. Keep covers tightly sealed on all evaporative products to prevent premature curing.
3.24 CLEAN-UP
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-27 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. All adjacent areas, both interior and exterior, damaged or stained by the installation of the roofing work shall be repaired and cleaned of all dust, debris and any other materials to the Owner’s satisfaction.
B. The Contractor shall not demobilize the site until the completed work is toured by the Owner and Engineer. Any unsatisfactory items observed will be reported in “punch- list” form. These items shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor prior to demobilization from the job site.
C. All scaffolding, barriers, temporary facilities and the like shall be removed upon completion of the work. Areas damaged as a result of the Contractors equipment shall be restored to their original condition, all to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.25 GUTTER INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate and install gutter and downspout assemblies where shown on the Roof Area Plans.
B. Fabricate gutters in sections not less than 10 feet and not greater than 30 feet. Provide expansion joint in gutter that exceed 30 feet long. Lap sections a minimum of 4-inches on the direction of flow. Join the gutter sections by riveting and sealing joints with the manufacturer’s recommended materials.
C. Gutter shall be formed 4-inces deep by 5-inches wide.
D. Secure gutter hangers and dogs at 24” on center to fascia. Locate hangers and dogs so as to slope gutter to downspout at 1/8” per foot. Install continuous stiffening bar along outside edge of the gutter as detailed. Connect bar, dogs and hangers with brass through-bolt, nuts and washer.
E. Hangers shall be secured with two (2) screws each through fascia and penetrate the wood blocking. Dogs shall be secured with two screws to blocking and striped in, set in water cut-off mastic.
F. Locate outlet tubes as shown on the Roof Area Plan. Outlet tubes shall extend 3” minimum into downspout. Tubes shall be constructed with longitudinal seam and the upper edge flanges ½-inch. Flange shall be riveted to the gutter and sealed.
G. Install drain strainers at outlet tubes. Strainers shall fit snugly within the outlet tube.
H. Gutters will be inspected following rain for proper slope to outlet. Sections of gutter not draining properly will be removed and rehung for proper drainage at no cost to the Owner.
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-28 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
I. Provide splash blocks over membrane walkway pads at the base of all outlets tubes above roof areas. Position splash blocks to direct all run off water down the roof slope.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 07 53 00 Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing.docx
ELASTOMERIC ROOFING AND FLASHINGS 07 53 00-29 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
DOORS AND HARDWARE
SECTION 08 10 00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. The General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 C. Metal Wall Panels – Section 07 42 13 D. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00 E. Painting and Coating – Section 09 90 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good roofing practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer, as amended. The work under this Section generally includes the following:
1. Coordinate and attend a meeting with the Owner’s locksmith/maintenance staff to review the new hardware and locking mechanisms prior to ordering any material to confirm compliance with the Owner’s requirements
2. At roof access door, remove and replace existing door leaf, frame, hardware and threshold as required to raise threshold height a minimum of 8” off of new finished roof elevation and of type described herein.
3. Provide field painting of factory-primed door leaf and frame.
4. Clean and restore all areas affected by work to the condition prior to commencement of construction operations.
5. Provide continuous perimeter exterior and interior sealants and backer rods.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Building and site will be occupied and in use during construction. Take all precautions necessary to protect persons and property and create as little disruption as possible.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Materials which have a temperature other than application temperatures of manufacturer shall not be applied.
C. All new and temporary construction, including equipment and accessories, shall be secured from damage or vandalism.
D. Provide all necessary temporary protection and barriers to segregate work area and to prevent damage to adjacent areas.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Shop Drawings and Submittals.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s specifications and installation instructions for each product specified.
C. All shop drawings submitted shall be checked by the Contractor and indicated as such on the Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings for approval prior to fabrication. Included detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories. Shop drawings for head, jamb and sill shall be submitted.
D. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports from qualified independent testing agency indicating doors comply with specified performance requirements. Test reports shall not be more than four (4) years old.
E. Maintenance Manual: Submit manufacturer's maintenance and cleaning instructions for doors, including maintenance and operating instructions for hardware.
C. Based on the hardware indicated, organize schedule into “Hardware sets” indicating complete designations of every item required for each door opening. Include the following information:
1. Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item. 2. Name and manufacturer of each item. 3. Fastening and other pertinent information. 4. Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on drawings. 5. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols and codes contained in schedule. 6. Mounting locations for hardware. 7. Door sizes and materials. 8. Name and phone number for the local manufacturer’s representative for each product
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. B. Store doors upright in a protected dry area off the ground floor with at least 1/3 inch space between pieces. Follow storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Warrant doors and factory hardware against failure in materials and workmanship, including excessive deflection, faulty operation, defects in hardware installation, and deterioration of finish or construction in excess of normal weathering. Defects shall include:
1. Warp or twist of 1/4 inch or more in any 3 foot 6 inch by 7 foot section of a door. 2. Telegraphing of any part of core assembly through face to cause surface variation of 1/100 inch or more in a 3 inch span. 3. Delamination to any degree. 4. Replacement under this warranty shall include reasonable cost of hanging, installation of hardware, and finishing.
B. Warranty Period for Aluminum Doors: Minimum Ten (10) years starting on date of shipment.
D. No liability is to be assumed where damage or faulty operation is due to improve installation, improper usage or abuse.
E. Provide guarantee from hardware supplier as follows:
1. Closers: Ten (10) years 2. Exit Devices: Three (3) years 3. Hinges: Life of building 4. All other hardware: One (1) year
G. Products judged to be defective during the warranty period shall be replaced or repaired in accordance with the manufacturer’s warranty, at no cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Gauges
1. Gauges shown on the drawings or specified herein are U.S. Standard for ferrous metals, and Brown and Sharpe for non-ferrous metals. Gauges and thickness of materials shown conform to the requirement specified for the particular item; and where these requirements are not specified in detail, the materials shall be suitable for the intended use of the item.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Hollow Metal Door with Insulated Core
1. Metal door shall be 1-3/4” thick, flush type and constructed of new prime quality cold-rolled or hot-rolled stretcher-leveled steel. The face plates for doors shall be formed from 14 gauge G90 galvanized bonderized steel conforming to ASTM A924. Door width shall be as required to fit within the masonry opening.
2. Door shall have continuous internal reinforcing channels or Z-shaped members of 14 gauge steel, full height of door, spaced not more than 6 inches on center and spot welded to face sheets 3 inches on center. Doors with continuous truss sheets 3 inches on center both vertically and horizontally will also be accepted. Provide 14 gauge stile channels and 14 gauge horizontal stiffener channels at top and bottom of doors welded to face sheets. All hollow portions of doors shall be completely filled and insulated with mineral rock wool or fully bonded polystyrene or approved equal and shall have a minimum R-Value of R-8 for the door. Exposed joints shall be fully welded and ground smooth. Interlocking joints or seams will not be permitted on door faces or edges. Doors shall have 14 gauge flush top and bottom channels welded to face sheets, 14 gauge, sealed against water
3. Door shall be prepared and reinforced to receive door hardware in accordance with the approved door hardware schedule and template.
4. Where surface mounted hardware is to be applied, doors shall have reinforcing plates only. All drilling and tapping shall be done in the field.
5. Minimum gauge for hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows:
Hinge and pivot reinforcements 7 gauge
Reinforcements for lock face, 12 gauge flush bolts, concealed holders, concealed or surface mounted closers
Reinforcements for all other Surface-mounted hardware 14 gauge
6. All welds and joints shall be ground smooth. Doors shall be thoroughly cleaned, filled and sanded prior to painting. All welds and areas of fabrication damage shall be treated with a cold galvanizing compound.
7. Polystyrene filled cavity to achieve U-value of 0.60.
8. Hollow metal doors shall be manufactured by Curries, Ceco Doors, Steelcraft, or equal.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.2 HARDWARE
A. Hardware shall comply with the requirements of the following standards. American National Standard Institute (ANSI) numbers are specified for hardware items, except when only Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) numbers are available.
ANSI 156.1 Butts and Hinges (Grade 1) ANSI 156.13 Mortise and Locks and Latches (Grade 1) ANSI 156.3 Exit Devices (Grade 1) ANSI 156.4 Door Controls- Closers ANSI 156.7 Template Hinge Dimensions ANSI 156.8 Door Controls- Overhead Holders BHMA 1301 Materials and Finishes BHMA 1201 Auxiliary Hardware
B. All hardware shall be best grade, entirely free from imperfections in manufacture and finish. Qualities, weights and sizes specified herein are the minimum that will be accepted.
C. Where the exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to the finished shape or size of the members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having the same operation and quality as the type specified, subject to the Owner’s Representative approval.
D. All hardware must be through-bolted.
E. Architectural door trim shall be lever handles conforming to BHMA A156.6. both sides.
F. Door closer shall be ANSI 156.4, Grade 1 Certified.
1. Closer shall have aluminum alloy bodies, forged steel arms, and separate valves for adjusting backcheck, closing and latching cycles and adjustable spring to provide up to 50% increase in spring power.
2. Closer shall be furnished with parallel arms mounting on all doors opening and shall be mounted to permit 180 degrees door swing wherever wall conditions permit. Closers shall not be installed on exterior side of doors; where possible install closers on door for optimum aesthetics.
3. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company; 4000 Series Cush-N-Stop b. Norton Door Controls, an ASSA ABLOY Group company; PR7500/PR7700
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
c. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company; 351 Series
G. Surface Closer with Cover: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. Provide type of arm required for closer to be located on non-public side of door, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Mounting: heavy-duty, parallel arm, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Where designated, provide hold-open arm, heavy-duty. Provide delayed action closing where indicated 3. Backcheck: Adjustable, effective between 60 and 85 degrees of dooropening. 4. Where indicated, closer must operate at 180 degree opening. 5. Provide all drop plate brackets, shims and angle brackets as required to complete installation of closers on doors and frames. 6. Cover Material: Steel.
H. Continuous hinges shall be in accordance with BHMA A156.26, extra heavy duty extruded aluminum, pinless continuous geared hinge leaves joined by continuous extruded aluminum channel cap, such as SL18 by Select. Finish to be clear anodized aluminum. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company b. Hager Companies; Hager-Roton c. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company d. Pemko Manufacturing Co. e. Select Products Limited 2. Grade: 1-150 3. Type: Fully concealed.
I. Kick plate for interior application shall be Type J102 stainless steel. Width of plates shall be 2 inches less than door width. Height shall be 10 inches. Edges of metal plates shall be beveled.
J. All cylinders shall be mortise device with construction core locks.
K. Threshold to be Rabbeted Style, minimum 5” deep, maximum ½” high and equal to the door dimension with integral neoprene weather-stripping set. The threshold configuration shall be as detailed in the Contract Drawings.
1. Exterior sealant for use beneath exterior door thresholds shall be applied in a full bed of trowel grade rubberized asphalt mastic. 2. Fasteners for securing fasteners to concrete or masonry substrates shall be flat head type, 1/4” diameter, self tapping masonry screws. Shank shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the substrate 2” minimum.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
L. Exit Devices: BHNA A156.3, Grade 1.
1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Von Duprin; an Ingersoll-Rand Company; 99 Series (single doors) or comparable product by one of the following. a. Corbin Russwin Architectural hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company; 5000 series.
M. Finish of all hardware items shall be ANSI Code 630, Satin Chromium Plated (US26D) unless otherwise noted.
N. Exposed fasteners shall be stainless steel as recommended by the hardware manufacturers for each hardware item specified.
2.3 DOOR GASKETING
A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; air leakage not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283; with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Pemko Manufacturing Co. b. Reese Enterprises c. Zero International
B. Rigid, Housed, Perimeter Gasketing: Sponge silicone gasket material held in place by aluminum housing; fastened to frame stop with stainless steel screws.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; Model 305 b. Reese Enterprises; Model DS370 c. Zero International; Model 139A
C. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. 2. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. 3. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
E. Door Sweeps: Gasket material held in place by flat metal housing or flange; surface mounted to face of door with screws.
1. Gasket Material: Neoprene 2. Housing Material: Aluminum
2.4 THRESHOLDS
A. Thermally Broken Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated. Thresholds shall incorporate thermal break.
1. Manufacturers: The basis of design is provided by Pemko Manufacturing Co., however the following manufacturers may be submitted for review, subject to compliance:
a. Hager Companies b. National Guard Products c. Reese Enterprises
2. Thresholds shall be Pemko 273x292_FGPK Thermal Barrier, aluminum, 5- 1/2” minimum depth, 1/4” high and equal door opening dimension or approved equal.
B. Fasteners for securing to concrete substrates shall be flat head type, 1/4” diameter, self-tapping masonry screws. Shank shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the substrate 2” minimum.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Manufacturer’s Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer’s name or trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire- rated labels and as otherwise approved by the Engineer
1. Manufacturer’s identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.
B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer’s standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer’s standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard.
C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt.
2. Steel Machine or Wood Screws: For the following fire-rated applications:
a. Mortise hinges to doors b. Strike plates to frames c. Closers to doors and frames.
3. Steel Through Bolts: For the following fire-rated applications unless door blocking is provided:
a. Surface hinges to doors b. Closers to doors and frames c. Surface-mounted exit devices
4. Spacers or Hex Bolts: for through bolting of hollow-metal doors.
2.6 FIELD FINISHING
A. Paint Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable
B. Acceptable Manufacturers (Exterior Steel Coatings):
1. Tnemec Company, Incorporated (Zinc 95). 2. Rust-Oleum Industrial Coatings 3. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 4. or approved equal.
2.7 EXTERIOR METAL PRIMER:
A. Primer for use over galvanized and other ferrous metal surfaces such as new and existing metal door frames shall be a direct to metal (DTM) primer, rust inhibitive in nature and shall be specifically manufactured and recommended by the paint manufacturer for the surface being painted. B. Galvanized metal wash primer shall be an oil and grease emulsifier. C. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. Coatings to be applied to properly prepared existing rusted structural steel shall be a cold galvanizing compound with not less than 92% zinc content by weight in dry film.
E. Exterior Finish Coats (Field Applied Paint): 1. Exterior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Direct to Metal Polyurethane Enamel (if self- priming), or Exterior Full-Gloss Alkyd Enamel. 2. Or as otherwise recommended by paint manufacturer for application over galvanized and other ferrous metal surfaces.
PART 3 - PRODUCTS
3.1 GENERAL
O. Do not deliver to site or install any material or system that has not been reviewed and accepted for use on project.
P. Comply with written instructions of manufacturer and these Specifications.
Q. Handle and store materials so as to prevent damage.
R. All work shall be made weathertight and building secure at end of each day.
3.2 FRAME AND DOOR INSTALLATION
A. Door shall be installed without forcing or distortion so that sills and heads are level and jambs are plumb. Joints between metal door frame and metal members shall be set in mastic of type recommended by door manufacturer to provide completely watertight joints. Excess mastic shall be removed before hardening. After installation each door shall be checked for proper operation and adjusted as necessary. Metal surface shall be cleaned and any staining or discoloring of finish shall be restored or unit replaced.
B. Door Anchorage: Door anchorage shall be according to manufacturer's written instructions, but in no case less than that required to sustain the required structural wind load.
C. Anchors: Anchors shall be equally spaced around as required to secure structural load, but in no case less than six anchors be used on a jamb and not less than three anchors used on head. Set fasteners through wood blocks placed between door jambs and wall framing. Alternately, factory applied steel spacers may be used.
3.3 HARDWARE INSTALLATION
A. All hardware will be installed by qualified tradesmen, skilled in the application of commercial grade hardware. For technical assistance if necessary, installers may contact the manufacturer’s representative for the item in question, as listed in the hardware schedule.
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-10 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Hardware shall be located in accordance with DHI-04. When approved, slight variations in locations or dimensions will be permitted.
C. Door-closing device shall be installed and adjusted in accordance with the templates and printed instructions supplied by the manufacturer of the devices.
D. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware to insure proper operation or function. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly.
3.4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Qty. Description Finish US/ANSI/BHMA 1 Continuous Hinge US26D/652 1 Mortise Lockset with Construction Core US32D/630 1 Exit Device 2 Closer US28/689 2 Kickplate US32D/630 2 Weatherstrip set 2 Brush Seal 1 Threshold US27/627, 673A
END OF SECTION i:\833360\02 design\specs\833360 08 10 00 doors and hardware.docx
DOORS AND HARDWARE 08 10 00-11 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
METAL WINDOWS
SECTION 08 51 00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to all Sections within Division 01 – General Requirements.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 01 10 00 – Summary of Work B. Section 06 1 00 – Rough Carpentry C. Section 07 42 13 – Metal Wall Panels D. Section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this section, as required in the specifications and in accordance with good construction practice. The work under this section generally includes the following:
1. Coordinate work within this Section with all other associated trades to perform work in an orderly fashion and to minimize temporary supports and weather protection.
2. Temporarily remove, tag and store all existing window blinds. Reinstall after window and associated work has been completed.
3. Coordinate the installation of wood blocking, plywood and shims as required to prepare the openings for the new windows and entrances.
4. Install new metal panning, flashing and sealants at window openings locations and as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
5. Install metal anchors, angles, mullions and clips to properly support and anchor the new assemblies at locations and as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
6. Install new, metal window, in properly prepared opening.
7. Coordinate with Section 04 50 00 – Masonry and Section 03 60 00 – Concrete Repairs for repairs to masonry and concrete components adjacent to window openings and steel lintels above openings.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
8. Install new exterior window perimeter sealants and interior sealant at window openings at locations and as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
9. Install heavy duty insect screens at all operable units.
10. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. It is the intent of this project to have the replacement windows comply as closely as possible with the Massachusetts State Building Code Stretch requirements. Limiting factor will be the existing window rough openings.
B. The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain all shoring, supports, barriers, protection, temporary heat, warning lines, lighting and personnel required to support the structure, fixtures and facilities affected by his work and segregate the work area from pedestrian or vehicular traffic, as well as to prevent damage to the building, occupants and the surrounding landscaped and paved areas.
C. Coordinate the work in this section with the work by other trades to ensure the orderly progress of the work.
D. The Contractor shall supply ladders and other equipment as required to access the work in this section.
E. All surfaces to receive new window and entrance assemblies shall be thoroughly dry. The substrate surfaces shall be swept and vacuumed clear of all debris. Should surface moisture such as dew exist, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the surfaces prior to the application of the materials. No open flames of any kind will be permitted on the subject project at any time.
F. The Contractor shall utilize skilled and experienced specialty workers to install the work. Experienced trade workers shall be utilized for all aspects of the work.
G. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and protecting his equipment, materials and tools (as well as partially completed construction) from vandalism or abuse..
H. Materials that have a temperature other than the application temperatures of the manufacturer requirements shall not be applied.
I. The Contractor, his workmen, all his suppliers and agents shall make every effort to work in harmony with the building occupants.
J. Provide protection for the roof during installation of windows above roof. Photograph and document all defects to the roof membrane prior to installing roof top protection. Notify Owner and Engineer of any defects observed.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
K. Provide protection for the floor during installation of interior entrances. Photograph and document all defects to the finish floor prior to installing floor protection. Notify Owner and Engineer of any defects observed.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01 33 00 – Submittals and Shop Drawings.
B. The Contractor shall submit the following items with their submittal package:
1. Methods of removal of materials. 2. Temporary protection procedures. 3. Staging/set-up procedures.
C. Metal window parts catalog shall be submitted by the Contractor detailing replacement parts and current prices.
D. One sample window unit with operable sash of each type, including the specified glazing and hardware, shall be submitted with the submittal package.
E. Samples of all sealants, gaskets and fasteners shall be submitted.
F. Submit shop drawings and color samples for metal windows and entrance framing.
G. Submit Certified Test reports for all referenced requirements. Test reports shall not be more than four (4) years old.
H. The Contractor shall submit a full set of shop drawings for the installation of the new windows and entrances which include all dimensions, sizes, existing conditions, materials to be removed, etc. Shop drawings for head, jamb and sills for each different existing condition shall be submitted.
I. Submit calculations for the windows, entrances, and their anchorage to the existing structure. Calculations shall be stamped by a structural engineer, registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
1.6 ROOF PROTECTION
A. The roof systems are required to be totally protected in the window replacement work areas by installing a layer of rigid board insulation followed by a layer of plywood. Plywood shall be adequately ballasted to prevent wind uplift of the plywood and roof system. The Contractor is responsible for any damages to the existing or new roof systems.
B. The Contractor is responsible for the prompt repair of any damage to the roof systems resulting from the work at the project at no additional cost to the Owner.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.7 MOCK-UP
A. Before commencing full-scale work, install one (1) sample windows in finished openings for review by the Owner and Engineer. Installations shall conform to the Contract Documents and once accepted shall become a standard for all subsequent work on the project.
B. Sample areas shall be repeated until acceptable results are obtained and the accepted area shall be a standard for all subsequent work. Installation of test items shall be in conformance with all Contract Documents and shall use only submitted materials. After curing for seven days, the test areas shall be viewed, sampled and/or removed as directed by the Engineer to establish to his satisfaction the actual performance of the installed materials. Evidence of improper or unsatisfactory performance shall be grounds for rejection of any or all of the submitted materials.
1.8 WARRANTIES
Upon completion of the work and prior to final payment, all applicable manufacturer’s guarantees for window frames and hardware including warranties shall be provided:
A. Window manufacturer’s two (2) year warranty against defective materials or workmanship, including non-compliance with applicable specification requirements and industry standards, which results in premature failure of the windows, finish, factory glazed glass, or parts outside of normal wear. Defective components will be repaired or replaced by the Manufacturer at no cost to the Owner. The warranty shall include the following:
1. Window and entrance manufacturer’s 10-year guarantee on insulated glazing units.
2. Window and entrance manufacturer’s 10-year guarantee on painted finishes.
B. Starting date for all warranty periods to be the date of substantial completion of the project.
1.9 PROTECTION OF WORK AND MATERIALS STORAGE
A. Follow storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer.
B. Glazing materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer's original unopened containers, leaving manufacturer's label intact.
C. Any work damaged by the work under this Section shall be repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES - GENERAL
A. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, requirements for aluminum windows, curtain walls, and entrance terminology and standards of performance, and fabrication workmanship are those specified and recommended in AAMA WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-11, and applicable general recommendations published by AAMA and ANSI.
B. All vertical mullions, window frames, clips and securements shall be certified by the manufacturer to meet a 45 psf allowable stress design in accordance with the 9th Edition Massachusetts State Building Code, AAMA WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-11 and as required by the window manufacturer. Steel reinforcing of the aluminum frames may be required to meet the required design wind load. Certification of anchorage to all substrates shall also be provided. Certification shall be provided by a Registered Engineer.
C. Performance and Testing: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with air infiltration tests, water resistance tests, and applicable load tests specified in AAMA WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-11 for type and classification of window units required in each case.
D. All samples submitted for testing shall be full size per AAMA requirements. Reduced size test results will not be accepted.
E. Testing: Where manufacturer's standard window units comply with requirements and have been tested in accordance with specified tests, provide certification by manufacturer showing compliance with such tests.
1. Test reports shall be not more than four (4) years old.
2. Sample submitted for tests shall be of manufacturer's standard construction and shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM 283-83. The sequence of tests shall be optional between manufacturer and the testing laboratory except that in all cases, the air infiltration test shall be performed before the water resistance test.
3. All window and entrance systems shall meet or exceed the following performance requirements:
F. Specific Performance Requirements: Architectural window (AW) fixed and projected windows shall conform to specified ANSI/AAMA standards and the following, whichever are the more stringent:
1a. Air Infiltration Test (Fixed Units): The window shall be subjected to an air infiltration test in accordance with ASTM E 283. Air infiltration shall not exceed .10 cfm/ft2 when tested at a pressure of 6.24 psf.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1b. Air Infiltration Test (operable units): With the vent in a closed and locked position, the window shall be subjected to an air infiltration test in accordance with ASTM E 283 and AAMA/WDMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440 or NFRC 400. Air infiltration shall not exceed .30 cfm/ft when tested at a pressure of 6.24 psf.
2. Water Resistance Test: The glazed unit shall be mounted in its vertical position continuously supported around perimeter. The window unit shall be subjected to a water resistance test in accordance with ASTM E 331 and E547. When a static pressure of 12 pounds per square foot has been stabilized, five gallons of water per square foot of window area shall be applied to the exterior face of the unit for a period of 15 minutes. No water shall pass the interior face of the window frame and there shall be no leakage as defined in the test method.
3. Condensation Resistance Factor: The window shall be tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 standards and test of thermal performance, and shall have a condensation resistance factor of no less than 52.
4. "U" Value Tests (Co-efficient of Heat Transfer): Thermal Transmittance of Conduction with a 15 mph perpendicular dynamic wind: 0.45 BTU/hr/ft2/F
G. Specific Performance Requirements: Entrance systems shall conform to specified ANSI/AAMA standards and the following, whichever are the more stringent:
1. Air Infiltration Test: The unit shall be subjected to an air infiltration test in accordance with ASTM E 283-91. Air infiltration shall not exceed .06cfm/ft2 when tested at a pressure of 1.57 psf.
2. Water Resistance Test: The glazed unit shall be mounted in its vertical position continuously supported around perimeter. The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 331. There shall be no leakage at a minimum static air pressure differential of 8 psf (383 Pa) as defined in AAMA 501.
3. Condensation Resistance Factor: When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, the condensation resistance factor shall not be less than: a. Glass to Exterior – 70frame and 69glass (low-e) or 69 frame and 58 glass (clear). b. Glass to Center – 62 frame and 68glass (low-e) or 63 frame and 56 glass (clear). c. Glass to Interior – 56 frame and 67 glass (low-e) or 54 frame and 58 glass (clear). 4. “U” Value Tests (Co-efficient of Heat Transfer): When tested to AAMA Specification 1503, the thermal transmittance (U-factor) shall not be more than 0.42 BTU/hr/ft2 /°F. per NFRC 100 for the entire assembly (combined glass and frame).
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.2 METAL WINDOWS
A. Standard metal windows shall be factory wet glazed exterior and dry glazed interior with removal glass stops, extruded aluminum frame, fixed pane with operable units as detailed. All windows shall have self-contained structural thermal breaks, both in frame and in operable units.
B. Kawneer TR-6800 series for sliding windows. Subject to the requirements of this Section, comparable products by one of the following manufacturers may be submitted for review and approval by the Owner: 1. EFCO Corporation 2. Wausau Window and Wall Systems 3. Graham 4. Or Approved Equal
C. All sash, frame and sub-frame shall be extruded 6063-T5 alloy with a minimum wall thickness of .125" at the sill and a minimum frame depth of 4”.
1. Operable units shall be of the configurations shown on the Contract Drawings.
D. The windows shall be assembled in a secure and workmanlike manner to perform as herein specified. All frames shall be constructed with mortised and tendoned corners. Vertical frame members shall extend for the full window height without interruption. Vent frames shall have mitered corners with aluminum gusset blocks. Joints shall be hydraulically crimped and epoxy welded. All frame and vent joints shall be sealed with a non-hardening mastic to provide a watertight joint. Windows shall be equipped with baffled weeps as required to provide drainage for water.
E. Thermal Break: The inside and outside faces of all sections shall be completely separated by a cast-in-place, high-strength, high-density polyurethane thermal break with a minimum tensile strength of 4000 psi and maximum thermal conductivity as noted in item 2.01.
F. Limit Stops: There shall be an adjustable limit stop at all operable windows. Once window manufacturer has been approved, the General Contractor must present the limit stop operation to the Owner for review. The Owner shall approve a limit stop height prior to the Contractor ordering the windows.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Two-piece attachment angles shall be continuous 6063-T5 extruded aluminum, 0.125" thick minimum. Pre-punched holes 12" on center shall be provided in the attachment angles to permit fastening to windows and substrates. Attachment angle cover plates shall be finished with a baked enamel paint to match the window frames.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Three-piece mullions shall be constructed of extruded 6063-T5 alloy, sized as recommended by the window manufacture for the specified wind loads and designated span dimensions. Mullions shall have self-contained thermal breaks as specified in paragraph E above. Mullions shall be finished to match the windows.
C. Insect screens for installation at all operable units shall be heavy duty security screen with powder coated .023 stainless steel mesh retained in aluminum frames. Screen frames shall be painted to match windows. Screens shall be secured to the windows with integral extrusions or mechanically attached clips so removal shall not be possible without hand tools. Install insect screens at all operable units.
D. Insulation to fill window frame cavities shall be mineral wool. Mineral wool insulation shall be a non-combustible, lightweight, and water repellent made from basalt rock and slag. The insulation shall have low moisture sorption properties and a melting point of approximately 2150 degrees Fahrenheit.
2.4 FASTENERS
All screws, nuts, washers, bolts, rivets and other miscellaneous fastening devices incorporated in the project shall be of stainless steel except where noted below. Fasteners shall be as follows:
A. Aluminum to aluminum fasteners shall be self-drilling, self-tapping screws, No. 14 of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving substrate by 5/8".
B. Aluminum to wood fasteners shall be wood screws, No. 14, of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving substrate by 1-3/4".
C. Fasteners for securing aluminum and wood blocking to concrete, brick masonry, and concrete masonry shall be Hex head type, 1/4” diameter, self-tapping masonry screws. Shank shall be of sufficient length to penetrate substrate 2” minimum.
D. Fasteners for securing windows, and wood blocking to concrete or brick masonry shall be 1/2” diameter stainless steel epoxy anchor bolts. Anchors shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the substrate 4-1/2” minimum. Anchors shall be Chem Stud Bolts as manufactured by the Powers, HIT-HY 70 System by Hilti or approved equal. Revisions to anchor size and strength shall be as recommended by the window manufacturer.
E. Fasteners for securing typical wood blocking to wood blocking connections shall be galvanized annular threaded ring shank nails. Fasteners shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member a minimum of 1-1/2”.
F. Fasteners for securing windows and wood blocking to steel shall be S-MD 1/4-20 HWH4 self-drilling steel screws manufactured by Hilti; or approved equal. Revisions to fastener size shall be as recommended by window manufacturer.
2.5 FINISH
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
Finish for all exposed metal parts of new aluminum windows and entrance (frames, sash, vents and trim) shall be a Resin-Based Coating- Hylar 5000, or Kynar 500. Paint dry film thickness shall be not less than 1.0 mils +/- 0.2 mils. Surface preparation and coating shall conform to AAMA 2605 Specifications.
Colors shall be selected from the manufacturer’s standard color chart by the Owner:
2.6 WINDOW HARDWARE
A. All hardware component parts shall be heavy duty.
B. Single hung units shall have metal cast, cam-type sweep locks, 2 per window.
C. Balances shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Balances shall be of appropriate size and capacity to hold sash in position with no movement.
2. Balances shall be high performance sash balances that are tested in accordance with AAMA 902.92 Voluntary Specification for sash balances.
3. Balances shall meet all minimum Class 5 requirements with a minimum .30 Manually Applied Force ratio (MAF).
4. Compliance to 902.92, Class 5 and MAF ratio shall be verified by a test report from an AAMA accredited laboratory.
5. Class 5 balances shall not have strings and/or pulleys.
2.7 GLASS AND GLAZING
A. Exterior Glass shall be sized to meet a 45 psf allowable stress design in accordance with the 9th Edition Massachusetts State Building Code and AAMA WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-11. All window units shall be factory glazed. Tempered glass shall meet ASTM Specification C1048 (kind FT) and conform to ANSI Z97.1 Specifications. Exterior Insulated Glazing Units shall conform to the following: (Refer to Contract Drawings for specific glass type locations)
1. Exterior Lite – Shall be tinted grey, tempered, ¼” thick glass with softcoat (sputtered) Low E on the #2 surface. 2. Interior Lite – Shall be clear, tempered, ¼” thick glass. 3. Total interior air space shall be ½”, argon filled, with warm edge spacer. 4. Overall unit thickness shall be one inch.
i. Glass performance shall be Light Transmittance <42%, shading coefficient <.46. ii. Manufacturers: Glass shall be Pilkington/Libbey-Owens-Ford, or PPG, Oldcastle, or approved equal.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
iii. Translucent glazing shall be ¼” thick, tempered, and provided at locations so designated on the Contract Drawings. Pattern to be selected by the Owner.
2.8 FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Aluminum shall be 3003 Alloy, H-14 temper, mill finished, anodized or baked enamel finished aluminum, 0.040” and 0.050” thick. Baked enamel and anodized finished sheets shall be finished on both sides. Color(s) and finish to be selected by the Owner.
A. Sheet metal flashings shall be shop fabricated. All breaks, bends and hems shall be uniform, clean, straight lines.
1. Drips shall be hemmed 3/4" wide and break at a 30o angle. 2. Pan flashings shall turn up at the rear 1” minimum and at the sides 3” minimum to form end dams.
B. Fabrication Schedule:
1. Mill Aluminum (.050) a. Cleat b. Hook Strip 2. Coated Aluminum (.040”) a. Sill Pan Flashing b. Head and Jamb Flashing
C. Modified bitumen underlayment shall be a butyl rubber based, self-adhering underlayment such as Grace Ultra, as manufactured by W.R. Grace Construction Products, Flintlastic SA, as manufactured by CertainTeed, or approved equal. Modified bitumen shall be high temperature products for use under sheet metal. Mastic and primer shall be as approved by the membrane manufacturer. Temporary UV protection and corner fillets shall be as recommended by the membrane manufacturer.
2.10 SEALANT
A. Exterior sealant for use as primary weather seal, unless otherwise recommended by the system manufacturer, shall be a one-part, neutral-cure, non-staining, silicone sealant conforming to ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses NT, M, G, A and O such as Spectrem 3 by Tremco, Dow Corning 790 by Dow Corning, Sikasil- WS90 by Sika Corporation, or approved equal.
B. Interior Sealant shall be one-part, odorless, neutral cure silicone compound as manufactured by Tremco, PRC, Pecora or approved equal.
1. Interior sealant to be compatible with modified bitumen membrane to prevent discoloration of the sealant. 2. Interior sealant shall be paintable.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-10 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Color(s) shall be selected by the Owner from the approved manufacturer's color chart. Colors shall be the manufacturer’s available premium colors such as "Color Pak" by Tremco or approved equal. Coordinate with Section 01 30 00 Shop Drawings and Submittals for sealant colors approved as part of the Phase 1 work.
2.11 SEALANT ACCESSORIES
A. Cleaners and primer shall be non-staining type as manufactured or recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each substrate.
B. Substrate cleaner shall be non-corrosive and non-staining as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Cleaner shall be totally compatible with the sealant for each substrate.
C. Bond breaker tape shall be pressure-sensitive tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
D. Backer rod shall be continuous length, closed-cell polyethylene foam, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Backer rod shall be compressible, resilient, non-waxing, non-extruding and non-staining. Backer rod shall be of sufficient size to be compressed 30% of maximum joint width and shall be totally compatible with the sealant, primer and substrates. Backers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 962 - Type A, ASTM D 1622, ASTM D 1623 and ASTM D 5249 such as Dual Rod by Nomaco, Sonofoam by Sonneborn, ITP soft type backer rod or approved equal.
E. Masking material shall be commercially available masking tape of appropriate width or other material recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Self-adhesive masking materials shall be of low tack and completely strippable, leaving no adhesive residue behind when removed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 IN GENERAL
A. Do not deliver to site or install any material or system, which has not been reviewed and accepted for use on the project.
B. Comply with the written instructions of the manufacturer and these specifications.
C. All work shall be made weathertight and the building secure at the end of each day.
D. Report any damaged or unsuitable areas to the Engineer or Owner's representative immediately.
E. Do not cut any material with a solvent or dilutant unless approved by the Engineer in writing.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-11 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
F. Keep covers tightly sealed on all canned and evaporative products to prevent premature curing.
G. Clean the demolished surface of all loose debris. Contractor shall provide a smooth even surface for the installation of the new systems and panel.
H. The Contractor shall install all window systems plumb, level and true to the lines and dimensions of the existing wall.
3.2 FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Verify that all structural reinforcements have been made to each opening and have been approved by the Owner and/or Engineer.
B. Install perimeter backer rod and sealant back seals at all cavity and masonry joint locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. Back seal shall be continuous and full width or height of the opening.
C. Prior to installing flashings, install wood blocking, plywood and shims necessary for the proper installation of the flashings and windows. Wood blocking, plywood and shims shall be beveled and/or chamfered as required to provide solid support and to match existing conditions. Install continuous wood members with the specified fasteners spaced 12” on center maximum.
D. Install flashings to all properly prepared window openings prior to installation of windows or insulated panels.
E. All flashings shall be shop fabricated. All bends, breaks and hems shall be clean straight lines. Form flashings to the shapes and configurations shown on the Contract Drawings.
F. Install self-adhering membrane as shown on the Contract Drawings.
G. All head and jamb flashings are to be continuous, and are intended to drain down, onto the new sill flashings. Set flashings in a full bed of sealant. Use the aluminum flashings to conceal the limits of existing window components that may not be fully removed (i.e. sealants, old fastener holes, etc.). All head flashings and cladding shall run continuous from jamb to jamb and shall overlap jamb flashings.
H. All sill flashings shall turn up 1"-minimum at the backs and 3”-minimum at end limits to form end dams. Sill flashings shall run continuously across existing sills neatly trimmed and turned up at jamb locations. All seams shall be sealed and overlapped 3" minimum. Set flashings in a full bed of sealant. Install full bead of sealant between window frame and rear leg of flashing and between flashing and attachment angle.
I. File any exposed, sharp edges of sheet metal and coat with finish paint to match the window frames.
3.3 WINDOW UNIT INSTALLATION
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-12 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Installation: Compress insulation into the voids of the window frames and panning voids. Windows and panels shall be installed without forcing or distortion, so sills and heads are level, and jambs are plumb. Frame shall be securely anchored into the supporting construction and shimmed as required (approximately 1/8”) to allow for weeping between the sill pan flashing and metal window frame. Joints between metal windows and metal members, including mullions, shall be set in mastic of the type recommended by the window manufacturer to provide completely watertight joints. Excess mastic shall be removed before hardening. After installation each window shall be checked for proper operation and adjusted as necessary to provide proper operation. Metal surfaces shall be cleaned and any staining or discoloring of the finish shall be restored or the unit replaced. Glass shall be clean at the time of installation.
B. Secure anchor system to the window frames and substrates with the specified fasteners spaced 12” on center. Attachment angles for securement of windows shall be continuous across heads, jambs and sills. Provide sealant at all fastener locations and attachment covers.
C. Where attachment angles are not used set windows with two-piece receptors at the head and jamb. Utilize attachment angles at the sill. Where both receptors and attachment clips are shown, clips are used for decorative purposes.
D. Provide full beads of sealant between rear leg of pan flashing and attachment angle and between attachment angle and window frame.
E. Install continuous aluminum cover strips to all attachment angles. Cut ends shall finish smooth and square with lightly filed corners to remove sharp edges.
F. Set limit stops for all operable units to provide a 45° angle of the operable unit, maximum, or otherwise designated by the Owner.
G. Where removed, install suspended spline ceiling tiles.
3.4 ENTRANCE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for installing aluminum framed storefront system, accessories, and other components.
B. Install aluminum framed storefront system level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction.
C. Utilize two-piece receptors at the head and jamb with sub sills at sill locations. Set sub-sills in full bed of mastic. Fasten storefront framing through receptors.
D. Set shims such that they do not interfere with required perimeter sealant joint depth, backer rod or sealant installation.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-13 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
E. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weather tight construction.
F. Install aluminum framed storefront system and components to drain condensation, water penetrating joints, and moisture migrating within door to the exterior.
G. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials.
3.5 SEALANT INSTALLATION
A. Install sealant at all window, and entrance perimeters, interior and exterior, where shown on the Contract Drawings and as required for the proper completion of the work.
B. Clean and prime substrates in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer’s requirements.
C. Precondition sealants to a temperature between 60 and 70 degrees F or as required by the manufacturer. Apply sealant to clean dry surfaces only when the ambient temperature is between 60 and 85 degrees F.
D. Ensure all work by others occurring at sealant joint locations has been completed prior to the start of sealant installation.
E. Clean all substrates to receive the joint sealant using the manufacturers recommended cleaners and surface preparation techniques.
F. Ensure all existing sealants and other materials have been removed down to clean sound original substrates. Saw-cut, wire brush, chip, or grind as required to achieve suitable substrates for sealant installation.
G. All bonding surfaces shall be cleaned with a minimum of two applications of solvent followed by wiping with clean white rags. Solvent shall be applied with brushes and wiped from substrate with rags while it is still wet. Additional application shall be performed if dirt remains after two applications until all dirt is removed.
H. Joint primer shall be applied to all properly prepared, cleaned and dry substrates. Primer shall be approved by the sealant manufacturer for each substrate and shall be completely compatible with the existing materials and proposed sealants and accessories.
I. Primer shall be applied prior to application of joint backer, bond breaker or sealant.
J. Joint backer shall be installed in all joints as detailed. Joint backing shall be installed with approximately 30% compression at 70 degrees F. Do not stretch, twist, tear or puncture joint backing. Butt joint backings tightly at intersections.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-14 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
K. Joint backing shall be installed at the required depth so as not to exceed the joint width/depth ratio recommended for the sealant.
L. Bond breaker tape shall be installed at locations where backer rod cannot be utilized to achieve the designated joint depth and where shown on the Contract Drawings. Sealant shall adhere only to the sides of the joint and not to the back so as to eliminate three- sided adhesion.
M. Sealant shall have a minimum application life of three (3) hours after mixing.
N. Unless otherwise required by the sealant manufacturer, the sealant shall be mixed for a period of 6 minutes minimum with a slow speed electrical drill and mixing paddle. The sides of the container shall be repeatedly scraped to ensure adequate mixing.
O. Sealant shall be applied to clean, dry, joints by knife, trowel, manual or air pressure caulking guns using proper nozzle sizes.
P. Sealant shall be forced into the joint to completely fill the void and achieve full “wet- out” of the bonding surfaces. Force sealant into the joint and against the sides of the joint. Avoid pulling sealant from sides. All joint sealant shall be immediately tooled to assure full adhesion. Sealant shall be dry tooled, straight, uniform, smooth and neatly finished to the profiles detailed. No soaps, wetting of slicking agents will be allowed.
Q. Provide weep holes at sill locations spaced 24” on center as shown on the Contract Drawings
3.6 EXAMINATION FOR MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which modified bitumen membranes will be applied, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements.
B. Verify that surfaces and conditions are suitable prior to commencing work of this section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Ensure that the following conditions are met:
1. Surfaces are sound, dry, even, and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar or other contaminants
2. Exterior sheathing panels: Ensure that the boards are sufficiently stabilized with corners and edges fastened with appropriate screws in accordance with exterior sheathing manufactures written instructions. Ensure that there are no gaps greater than 1/8” between panels or broken corners.
3. Verify substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263 and take suitable measures until substrate passes moisture test.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-15 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. Notify Architect in writing of anticipated problems using modified bitumen
3.7 MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
A. Install membrane where indicated on the Contract Drawings to shed water at the exposed portions of the back-up walls. Install membrane continuously in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the following:
1. Install membrane to dry surfaces at air and surface temperatures of 25°F and above in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, at locations indicated on Construction Documents. 2. Apply primer at rate recommended by manufacturer prior to membrane installation. Allow primer to dry completely before membrane application. Apply as many coats as necessary for proper adhesion. 3. When membrane is properly positioned, press into place and roll membrane with roller immediately after placement. 4. Apply membrane sheets to shed water naturally without interception by a sheet edge, unless that edge is sealed with permanently flexible termination mastic. 5. Position subsequent sheets of membrane applied above so that membrane overlaps the membrane sheet below by a minimum of 2 inches, unless greater overlap is recommended by manufacturer. Roll into place with roller. 6. Overlap horizontally adjacent pieces a minimum of 2 inches, unless greater overlap is recommended by manufacturer. Roll seams with roller. 7. Apply transition membrane with a minimum overlap of 3 in onto each surface at all steel angles and joints as indicated in detail drawings 8. Seal around all penetrations with termination mastic, extruded silicone sealant, membrane counterflashing or other procedure in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 9. At changes in substrate plane, provide transition material (bead of sealant, mastic, extruded silicone sealant, membrane counterflashing or other material recommended by manufacturer) under membrane to eliminate all sharp 90 degree inside corners and to make a smooth transition from one plane to another. 10. Provide mechanically fastened non-corrosive metal sheet to span gaps in substrate plane and to make a smooth transition from one plane to the other. Membrane shall be continuously supported by substrate. 11. At through-wall flashings, provide an additional 6 inch wide strip of manufacturer’s recommended membrane counterflashing to seal top of through-wall flashing to membrane. Seal exposed top edge of strip with bead of mastic as recommended by manufacturer.
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-16 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
12. Apply a bead or trowel coat of mastic along membrane seams at reverse lapped seams, rough cuts, and as recommended by the manufacturer. 13. At end of each working day, seal top edge of membrane to substrate with termination mastic. 14. Do not allow materials to come in contact with chemically incompatible materials. 15. Inspect installation prior to enclosing assembly and repair punctures, damaged areas and inadequately lapped seams with a patch of membrane lapped as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Do not allow the rubberized asphalt surface of the modified bitumen membrane to come in contact with polysulfide sealants, creosote, uncured coal tar products or EPDM.
C. Do not expose modified bitumen membrane to sunlight for more than thirty days prior to enclosure.
3.8 REPLACEMENT PARTS
The Owner shall be provided with the requested quantity of the following:
1. Twenty four (24) additional sets of all window hardware. 2. Five (5) additional insect screens for each standard size of operable window units. Standard sizes shall be any window type with quantities greater than 10.
END OF SECTION
I:\833050\02 Design\specs\833050 08 50 00 Metal Windows and Entrances.docx
METAL WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 08 50 00-17 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM
SECTION 08 95 00 (Alternate)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to all Sections within Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Alternates – Section 01 23 00 C. Selective Demolition – Section 02 41 19 D. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 E. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good roofing practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer, as amended. The work under this Section generally includes the following:
1. Supply all shoring and staging as required to perform the work described herein.
2. Remove the existing skylight assembly and all associated components. The Contractor shall employ the services of a Licensed Abatement Contractor to perform all removal of all hazardous materials at this site.
a. Existing skylight caulking and sealants is assumed to contain asbestos, refer to Section 07 53 00 Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing for limits and work activities.
3. Provide and install new insulated translucent panel skylights, flashings, and sealants where indicated on the Contract Drawings.
4. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. All surfaces to receive new flashings shall be thoroughly dry. Should surface moisture such as dew exist, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the surface prior to application. No open flames shall be permitted on the roof at any time.
B. Equipment required to hoist materials to the openings and to lower debris removal from the building shall be supplied, maintained, and operated by the Contractor.
C. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily; do not allow accumulations inside or outside the building.
D. The Contractor shall coordinate to remove only as much translucent panel area and associated components as can be completely replaced or temporarily protected and secured in a given day’s work, including all flashings and associated components as required to maintain the building in a watertight, secure condition throughout the duration of the project.
E. Cover sidewall areas with canvas tarps where existing panel system is discarded into refuse containers via trash chutes. Plastic or "poly" tarps shall not be used.
F. The Contractor shall provide protection of entrance ways, sitework, plantings, landscaping, building surfaces and similar items to protect from damage. Items damaged as a result of the work in this section shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.
G. The Contractor will only be allowed access to the building with prior notification from the Owner to complete the work. Access will require a minimum of 48 hours notice.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide a letter of approval from the translucent panel system manufacturer that the proposed system will achieve the specified warranty.
B. Submit shop drawings for review by the Architect/Engineer.
C. Provide all manufacturer product and installation literature for approval. Include construction details, material descriptions, profiles, and finishes of components.
D. Provide the manufacturer’s color charts showing the full range of colors available for factory-finished aluminum.
E. When requested, provide samples for each of the required exposed finishes in the same thickness and material to be used.
F. Manufacturer’s literature for all fasteners and anchors as described under this section shall be submitted. Indicate sizes of fasteners to be used.
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
G. Submit product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency. The results must indicate that the specified window panel system complies with the project performance requirements based on comprehensive testing of the current products.
1. Test reports required are: a. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed (UL 723) – Submit UL Card b. Burn Extent (ASTM D-635) c. Color Difference (ASTM D-2244) d. Abrasion/Erosion Resistance (ASTM D-4060) e. Impact Strength (UL 972) f. Bond Tensile Strength (ASTM C-297 after aging by ASTM D-1037) g. Bond Shear Strength (ASTM D 1002) h. Beam Bending Strength (ASTM E 72) i. Insulation U-Factor (NFRC 100) j. NFRC System U-Factor Certification (NFRC 700) k. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (NFRC) l. Condensation Resistance Factor (AAMA 1503) m. Air Leakage (ASTM E 283) n. Water Penetration (ASTM E 331) o. Structural Performance (ASTM E 330)
H. Submit a temporary site protection plan for the Owner to review and comment on.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications
1. Material and products shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of specified materials for a period of at least ten consecutive years and which can show evidence of those materials being satisfactorily used on at least six projects of similar size, scope and location. At least three of the projects shall have been in successful use for ten years or longer.
2. Panel system must be listed by the International Code Council – Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) which requires quality control inspections and fire, structural and water infiltration testing of sandwich panel systems by an approved agency.
3. Quality control inspections shall be conducted at least once each year and shall include manufacturing facilities, sandwich panel components and production sandwich panels for conformance with AC04 “Sandwich Panels” or AC177 “Translucent Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Faced Panel Wall, Roof and Skylight Systems” as regulated by the ICC- ES.
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Installer’s Qualifications: Installation shall be by an experienced installer, which has been in the business of installing specified curtainwall and skylight systems for at least two consecutive years and can show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size, scope and type.
C. Performance Requirements: The manufacturer shall be responsible for the configuration and fabrication of the complete curtainwall and skylight panel systems.
1. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation or the supervision of their preparation.
2. Standard panel system shall have less than 0.01cfm/ft² air leakage by ASTM E 283 at 6.24 PSF (50 mph) and no water penetration by ASTM E 331 at 15 PSF; and, structural testing by ASTM E 330.
3. Design Loads: a. Wind: 55 psf b. Snow: 100 psf
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver panel system, components and materials in manufacturer's standard protective packaging.
B. Store panels on the long edge; several inches above the ground; blocked and under cover in accordance with manufacturer's storage and handling instructions.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Upon completion of the work and prior to final payment, the translucent wall panel manufacturer’s 10-year limited warranty shall be provided for the following conditions:
1. Delamination affecting structural strength.
2. Covering separation of faces from grid core.
3. Chipping and fading of painted finishes
4. Color change in excess of 8 Delta E units caused by normal weathering.
B. The translucent wall panel manufacturer’s 20-year limited warranty shall be provided against reinforcing fiberbloom.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 TRANSLUCENT PANELS AND ACCESSORIES
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
A. Translucent panels shall be 2-3/4” thick, thermally broken, glass fiber reinforced polymer faced sandwich panels with integral aluminum grid core as manufactured by Kalwall, Wasco, or approved equal.
B. Face Sheets:
1. Exterior and Interior Face Sheets
a. The exterior face sheet shall have a permanent glass veil erosion barrier to provide maximum long-term resistance to reinforcing fiber exposure. Plastic surface films are not acceptable.
b. Exterior and Interior face sheets shall be uniform in strength, impenetrable by hand held pencil and repel an impact minimum of 70 ft. lbs. without fracture or tear when impacted by a 3-1/4” diameter, 5 lb. free-falling ball per UL 972.
c. Exterior and Interior face sheets shall be a minimum of .070” thick and color to be selected by owner from Manufacturer’s standard color chart.
d. Interior face sheets shall be uniform in strength, impenetrable by hand held pencil and repel an impact minimum of 40 ft. lbs.
e. Interior face sheets shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed with a flame spread rating no greater than 50 and smoke developed no greater than 250 when tested in accordance with UL 723.
f. Interior face sheets shall have burn extent, as determined by ASTM D 635, no greater than 1”.
C. The translucent wall panels shall have a “U” factor of 0.23 and light transmission of 15%.
D. Closure system shall be thermally broken extruded 6063-T6 and 6063-T5 aluminum, that screw clamp-tite. All battens and perimeter closures to be supplied with 300 series stainless steel screws.
E. Grid Core shall me a thermally broken composite of aluminum and fiberglass for maximum thermal efficiency. Grid core shall be formed in the “Verti-Kal” grid core pattern with ten-inch nominal spacing or approved equal.
2.2 FINISHES
A. Finish for translucent panel frames and all exposed metal flashings shall be a Floropolymer Resin-Based Coating. Paint dry film thickness shall be not less than 1.0 mils +/- 0.2 mils. Surface preparation and coating shall conform to AAMA 2604
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
Specifications. Color to be selected from Manufacturer’s standard color chart by Owner.
2.3 SEALANT AND ACCESSORIES
A. Exterior sealant shall be two-part polyurethane base conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, uses NT, M, A and O as manufactured by Tremco, Sonneborne or Pecora. Color shall match the translucent panel frame color.
B. Interior caulking shall be one-part, odorless, neutral cure silicone compound as manufactured by Tremco, PRC or Pecora. Color shall match the translucent panel frame color.
C. Cleaners and primers shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the caulking.
D. Bond breaker tape shall be self adhesive polyethylene tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
E. Sealants shall be in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
2.4 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS:
A. In general, all fasteners, anchors, nails, straps and other accessories shall be of stainless steel, galvanized steel or fluorocarbon coated steel. Galvanizing shall be hot dip in accordance with ASTM A153 Specifications. Electro-galvanized items shall not be used.
B. Fasteners for securing wood blocking to wood blocking shall be galvanized annular threaded ring shank nails. Fasteners shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving member 1-1/4" minimum, except full depth into plywood.
C. Fasteners for securing plywood to masonry or concrete surfaces shall be 1/4" diameter hammer drive anchors with zinc-alloy sheaths and stainless steel inserts as manufactured by Star Fasteners, Rawl, or approved equal. Anchors shall be of sufficient length to penetrate the receiving substrate 1-1/4" minimum.
D. Fasteners for securing wood blocking to metal framing shall be No. 14 self drilling, self tapping screws. Fasteners shall be long enough to penetrate the receiving substrate 5/8 inch minimum to 1-1/4 inch maximum.
E. Fasteners for securing Skylight to Blocking shall be S-MD 1/4-20 HWH4 self-drilling steel screws manufactured by hilti; or approved equal. Revisions to fastener size shall be as recommended by skylight manufacturer.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Self-adhered flashing shall be a butyl rubber based, modified bitumen self-adhering membrane such as Grace Ultra, as manufactured by W.R. Grace Construction
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
Products or approved equal. Modified bitumen shall be high temperature products for use under sheet metal components with release-paper backing, minimum 30 mils thick.
B. Mastic and primer for self-adhering flashing sheets shall be as approved by the membrane manufacturer. Temporary UV protection and corner fillets shall be as recommended by the membrane manufacturer.
C. Materials for use as a barrier between dissimilar metals shall be either self- adhered flashing membrane as described above in Part A or bituminous mastic.
D. Sheet metal flashing refer to Section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashings
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
A. Do not deliver to site or install any material or system that has not been approved. Materials installed without approval may be required to be removed.
B. Examine the existing substrates, supporting structure and installation conditions. Do not proceed with panel erection until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 REMOVAL OF EXISTING SYSTEM/PREPARATION
A. Coordinate the removal of the existing skylight assembly with that of the roofing work so temporary protection can be supplied should the work extend overnight.
B. Remove skylight and all associated clips, fasteners, hardware and flashing from the masonry walls. in addition, remove existing interior translucent skylight from within the stair well, also including clips, fasteners and flashings.
C. Report any areas of unsound masonry as a result of skylight removal.
3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Prior to installing flashings coordinate the installation of wood blocking, plywood and shims with Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry.
B. Install flashings to all properly prepared skylight openings prior to installation of windows.
C. All flashings shall be shop fabricated. All bends, breaks and hems shall be clean straight lines. Form flashings to the shapes and configurations shown on the Contract Drawings.
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. All sill flashings shall turn up 2" minimum at the backs and ends. Sill flashings shall run continuously across existing sills neatly trimmed and turned up at jamb locations. All seams shall be sealed and overlapped 3" minimum. Set flashings in a full bed of sealant. Where the sill flashings turn up between the back of the window frame and the attachment angle, provide a full bead of sealant between the window frame, sill flashing and attachment angle. Install a layer of self adhered modified bitumen membrane onto sill flashing where contact with aluminum occurs. Coordinate sill flashing heights, configuration, and waterproofing with the roofing and masonry sections.
E. Refer to Section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing and Flashings for additional information.
3.4 TRANSLUCENT PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Confirm that adjacent construction, sill and jamb flashing installation is complete prior to installation of translucent panel.
B. Panels shall be installed without forcing or distortion so that sills and heads are level and jambs are plumb. Frames shall be securely anchored into the supporting construction. Joints between metal frames and metal members shall be set in mastic of the type recommended by the panel manufacturer to provide completely watertight joints. Excess mastic shall be removed before hardening. Metal surfaces shall be cleaned and any staining or discoloring of the finish shall be restored or the unit replaced.
C. Translucent panel frames shall be secured with the specified fasteners. Panels shall not be secured to the substrates through the horizontal flanges of any sill flashings. Provide sealant at all fastener locations and attachment covers.
D. Install continuous aluminum cover strips as shown on the Contract Drawings. Cut ends shall finish smooth and square with lightly filed corners to remove sharp edges.
E. The contractor shall erect panel systems in strict accordance with approved shop drawings. Assemble frame systems as recommended by the panel manufacturer.
F. Install head, jamb and sill members over full beds of sealant against masonry, concrete or sheet metal flashings. Secure members to existing construction with the specified fasteners spaced at 8 inches on center maximum.
G. Set panels into receiver assemblies using manufacturer’s supplied or approved sealant or sealant tape. Apply a continuous bead of sealant along all wall panel perimeters.
3.5 CLEAN-UP
A. All floor and adjacent areas, both interior and exterior, damaged or stained by the installation of the panel work shall be repaired and cleaned of all dust, debris and any other materials to the Owner’s satisfaction.
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. The contractor shall not demobilize the site until the completed work is toured by the Owner and Engineer. Any unsatisfactory items observed will be reported in “punch- list” form. These items shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor prior to demobilization from the job site. Final payment will not be made until all punch list items are complete and guarantees have been received.
C. All scaffolding, barriers, temporary facilities and the like shall be removed upon completion of the work. Areas damaged as a result of the Contractors equipment shall be restored to their original condition, all to the satisfaction of the Owner.
D. Refer to the Close-Out Procedures described in Division One for additional information.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 08 95 00 Insulated Translucent Panel Skylight System.doc
INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANEL SKYLIGHT SYSTEM (ALTERNATE) 08 95 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PAINTING AND COATING
SECTION 09 90 00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Cast Stone Replacement – Section 03 45 00 C. Masonry – Section 04 50 00 D. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 E. Doors and Hardware – 08 10 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment, temporary protection, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work in this Section, as required in the Specifications, in accordance with good construction practice, and as required by the materials manufacturer, as amended. The work under this Section generally includes the following:
1. Remove coating and underlying paint from all parapet caps to remain including those salvaged. Coating removal shall be performed with a chemical stripper. Mechanical means of coating removal may be required. Power-wash the surfaces once coating is removed. The Contractor shall take extreme caution during coating removal procedures.
2. Collect all run off from coating removal operations.
3. Rinse all surfaces where coatings have been removed with a neutralizer prior to performing masonry repairs. .
4. Upon completion of all cast stone, concrete and masonry repairs, recoat all existing and new parapet caps.
5. Perform mock-ups and adhesion tests as specified in Section 1.10 to determine the most appropriate coating materials and aesthetics. Sand may be required to provide textured finish to match existing.
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
6. Prime and paint interior face of newly installed CMU block to match the existing wall at roof area D wall infills. Coordinate work time with the City, as the interior of the school rooms may be occupied during school hours. Feather and blend into surrounding area for cohesive finish.
a. Feather and blend into surrounding finishes to achieve a uniform and cohesive color finish.
7. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain all barriers, protection, warning lines, lighting and personnel required to segregate the work area(s) and to prevent damage to the buildings, their occupants and the surrounding landscaped and paved areas. All applicable OSHA and D.L.W.D. requirements shall be observed by the Contractor.
B. Materials that are at a temperature other than the recommended application temperatures of the manufacturer or applicable standard shall not be applied.
C. Liquid materials such as solvents and adhesives shall be stored and used away from open flames, sparks and excessive heat.
D. The Contractor shall provide and equip as much labor force as is necessary to complete the project within the Contract period and in accordance with the Contract Documents without sacrificing workmanship quality.
E. The Contractor shall coordinate with the maintenance staff the daily shutdown of all air intake units in the work areas or possibly affected by the construction fumes, odors or air-borne debris. The Contractor will install plastic sheeting and duct tape over the removed equipment opening prior to initiating work each day. The plastic sheeting shall be removed by the Contractor at the end of each work day.
F. Any open ducts, grills, thermostats, electric boxes or similar fixtures and items which can be soiled or affected by the work shall be masked, protected and cleaned by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit digital copies of manufacturer’s specifications and two (2) sets of the manufacturer’s full range of color and texture chip samples. The coating color and texture shall be selected by the Owner.
B. Submit manufacturer’s material safety data sheets for chemical strippers, cleaners, coatings, solvents and other potentially hazardous materials. Material safety data sheets shall be provided to the Owner and shall be contained within an accessible binder on site.
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1.6 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
INTERNATIONAL CONCRETE REPAIR INSTITUTE – CONCRETE SURFACE PROFILE (ICRI – CSP)
ICRI – CSP 2 to 3 Zec Wheel Grinding
1.7 PACKAGING, LABELING, AND STORAGE
A. Paints and coatings shall be in sealed containers that legibly show the contract specification number, designation name, formula or specification number, color, quantity, date of manufacture, manufacturer’s formulation number, manufacturer’s directions including any warnings and special precautions, and name and address of manufacturer. Pigmented coatings shall be furnished in containers not larger than 5 gallons. Paints and thinners shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s written directions, and as a minimum, stored off the ground, under cover, with sufficient ventilation to prevent the buildup of flammable vapors, and at temperatures between 40° to 95°F. Volatile liquids will not be stored on site without prior approval from the Owner.
1.8 LICENSES
A. Licenses: Maintain current licenses as required by applicable state or local jurisdictions for the removal, transporting, disposal or other regulated activity relative to the Work of this Contract.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Work shall be left complete, free from defects and hereby warranted that it will not discolor, face, craze or peel off within a period of two (2) years after acceptance. Repair all work developing imperfections in that time at no expense to the Owner.
1.10 TEST AREAS
A. Before full-scale work is commenced, execute the following work for trial work areas to be reviewed by the Owner, Engineer and coating manufacturer. Test areas shall be subject to approval.
1. 5 linear feet of parapet cap (existing) and 5 linear feet of parapet cap (new) – minimum of five trials, as many as required to achieve acceptable results. Coatings at trials (a) through (c) below shall be pull tested once cured to determine sufficient adhesion has been achieved. The coating manufacturer shall be present for pull tests. Trials shall include:
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
a. Two trials using a primer as recommended by the coating manufacturer b. Two trials without using a primer c. Two trials using crack or high porosity pre-treatment as recommended by the coating manufacturer. d. Two trials with different color/texture options using the pre- treatment, primer or no-primer, as requested by the coating manufacturer provide best adhesion. Owner shall select the color.
B. Prepare, install and cure all materials in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Trial areas shall be repeated until acceptable results are obtained. The accepted work shall be a standard for all subsequent work.
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prior to application of new coatings, the Contractor shall submit the existing coating to the new coating manufacturer for testing of chemical compatibility. Although it is the design intent to remove all existing coating from the exterior building components, areas may remain which cannot be accessed fully. Therefore, the new coating must be chemically compatible with the existing coating in the case where both are installed.
1.12 AVAILABILITY OF TRAINED PERSONNEL
A. There shall be a sufficient number of trained and qualified workers, foremen and superintendents to accomplish the Work within the required schedule. Since general repainting of components or replacement work activities cannot start prior to the successful preparation of work surfaces, it is imperative that a sufficient number of trained personnel be engaged throughout the process. No untrained or unqualified person shall be employed to speed up completion of the Work.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall deliver all materials and equipment to the site in the original containers bearing the name of the manufacturer, and details for proper storage and usage.
B. Unloading and temporary storage sites and transfer routes must be reviewed and accepted in advance by the Owner.
C. Damaged or deteriorated materials may not be used and must be promptly removed from the site.
D. All materials, tools, and equipment must comply, at a minimum, with the Specification and relevant Federal, State and local codes.
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
2.2 MATERIALS, TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT
A. HEPA-Filtered Exhaust Machines: Supply the required number of air filtration units to the site in accordance with these Specifications.
B. Polyethylene Sheet: Provide flame resistant polyethylene film that conforms to requirements set forth by the National Fire Protection Association Standard 701, Small Scale Fire Test for Flame-resistant Textiles and Films. Provide largest size possible to minimize seams, 6.0 mils thick as required, frosted or black as indicated.
C. Wet Scraping Tools: Flat and curved paint scrapers to remove peeling paint. Other tools include putty knives, stiff bristle brushes, nylon bristle brushes, and natural or synthetic fiber brushes. Spray bottles and sponges attached to the scrapers to keep surface wet during scraping. Equipment shall be tested at test areas prior to full scale work. The equipment shall not damage the substrate during use.
2.3 PAINT STRIPPER
A. Paint stripper shall be a product that is safe for historic cast stone masonry, can remove multiple layers of latex and oil based paints, and will cling to vertical and irregular surfaces. As noted in the Test Area section of this specification, the selection of the product to be utilized for the coating stripper is subject to the results of the mock up.
B. Multiple applications and variable dwell time will be required as part of the mock up phase, and shall be repeated until acceptable results are achieved. Previous testing experienced 2+ hours of dwell time prior to power washing and mechanical removal. Note that power washing for extended periods of time (over 5 minutes) will not be allowed.
C. Accessories such as laminated paper (for installation over select stripper materials), and neutralizer shall be provided as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Phenolphthalein for pH testing of cleaned surfaces.
2.4 MASONRY COATING
A. Coating shall be a water-repellent, breathable, non-elastomeric, acrylic coating which has anti-carbonation protection such as Sikagard 670W as manufactured by Sika, or approved equal. Color shall be selected by the Owner during the mock up phase. It is the design intent to match the existing coating with respect to color and texture.
B. Coating shall be compatible for application at cast stone, terra cotta, and concrete.
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Coating shall be applied to a mil thickness as recommended by the coating manufacturer, minimum two (2) coats. Additional coats may be required to provide manufacturer recommended thickness and acceptable aesthetics, as approved by the Owner.
D. Primer to be tested during the mock-up phase and potentially throughout subsequent work upon approval shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer for use at porous areas of concrete, such as Sikagard 552W Primer as manufactured by Sika Corporation. E. Cracks shall be pre-flashed with detail strip pre-treatment of crack-bridging acrylic coating such as Sikagard 550W Elastocolor as manufactured by Sika Corporation.
F. Sand samples to provide textured finish to match the existing texture shall be submitted by the Contractor for Owner’s approval prior to full scale work.
2.5 PAINT MATERIALS FOR GYPSUM SHEATHING AND CMU BLOCK
A. Primer shall be latex undercoat such as manufactured by Benjamin Moore, California Products, Inc. Tnemec Company, Inc., Popcorn Interior Texture Paint as manufactured by Behr, or approved equal.
B. Paint shall be as manufactured by Benjamin Moore, California Products, Inc. Tnemec Company, Inc., or approved equal. Color and finish shall be required to match existing, or as selected by the Owner.
2.6 PAINT MATERIALS FOR PENTHOUSE DOOR AND FRAME
A. The door and frame shall be primed in factory with one coat of baked-on rust inhibiting prime paint, compatible with the galvanizing and capable of passing 120-hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM B 117 and a 250-hour humidity test in accordance with ASTM D 1735 and ANSI A-151.1-19.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Surfaces to receive coatings shall meet the requirements established by the manufacturer of the coating and these specifications.
B. Surfaces to receive coatings shall be examined and recoating shall not be started until defects have been corrected.
C. Verify that all repairs and sealants have cured for the specified time prior to applying new coatings.
D. Accessible areas in which coating is being done shall be properly identified with “Wet Paint” signs or closed to pedestrian traffic until coatings are dry.
E. Install polyethylene sheeting below areas of work and on all building openings.
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
F. Provide adequate ventilation during removal and recoating procedures.
3.2 WORKMANSHIP
A. Employ skilled mechanics to ensure the very best workmanship. Quality workmanship is required for removal and recoating procedures. The cast stone, concrete and masonry substrates is in varying condition and extreme caution shall be taken when removing the existing coating as to not damage the substrates. Materials to be applied by craftsmen experienced in the use of the particular product involved.
B. All surfaces shall be properly smoothed. All surfaces shall be properly prepared, clean and dry when a coating is applied. Any bare or abraded spots in base coats shall be touched up before next coat is applied. C. Protection against fire shall be taken and all oily rags or waste must be removed from the building each day.
D. Color of each coat of paint shall be reviewed and accepted by the Owner as it goes on and prior to subsequent applications. Unless otherwise noted, all surfaces to be painted shall receive one prime coat or pre-treatment (if chosen by Owner during mock up phase) and two finish coats, or as required to provide an acceptable and uniform appearance.
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Air and surface temperatures shall be a minimum of 40°F during the stripping process of the coatings, and remain a minimum of 40°F for 24 hours after completion of the stripping to prevent freezing of water in the façade substrates.
B. Air and surface temperatures shall be between 50°F and 100°F during application of new coatings.
C. Relative humidity shall not be higher than 80%, and surface temperature shall be a minimum of 5°F above the dew point.
D. Wind velocity shall be less than 15 MPH for exterior stripping and coating with no visible atmospheric dust.
E. Open fires are prohibited from the work site.
F. Surfaces to be coated shall be fully dried, cured or otherwise set to receive the coatings prior to application.
3.4 PROTECTION OF AREAS AND SPACES
A. Prior to coating removal and recoating applications, remove, mask or otherwise protect, lighting fixtures, spigots, electrical conduits and junction boxes, louvers, windows, ducts, public and private property, and other such items not to be coated
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-7 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
that are in contact with surfaces to be coated. Following completion of coating, workmen skilled in the trades involved shall reinstall removed items. Restore surfaces contaminated by coating materials to original condition and repair any damaged items at no cost to the Owner.
3.5 APPLICATION OF PAINT FOR GYPSUM AND CMU
A. All materials shall be applied in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations.
B. Finishing materials shall be free from skins, lumps or any foreign matter when used, and shall be kept well stirred while being applied.
C. Spray painting will not be allowed unless approved in writing by the Designer. Apply all latex paint/primer coating with 100% polyester brushes.
D. Finishing materials shall be free from skins, lumps or any foreign matter when used, and shall be kept well stirred while being applied.
E. Each coat of finish shall be evenly brushed out and allowed to dry before any subsequent coat is applied. Each coat shall be a different tint from that of the preceding coat and shall be reviewed and accepted by the Owner before the next coat is applied. Final coats shall be the exact shade and textures selected. The finished work shall be free from runs, sags, defective brushing and clogging of lines or angles. Drying time between coats of paint shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's labeled instructions.
F. All surfaces to be painted shall receive one prime coat, and two finish coats, or as required to provide a uniform appearance. Where specified paint coatings are self- priming, the first coating shall be considered a primer and the subsequent coatings shall be applied as specified. Self-priming paints shall not decrease the number or required coatings.
G. Do not allow primers or intermediate coats to dry more than fourteen (14) days, or longer than recommended by manufacturer, before applying subsequent coats. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for surface preparation if primers or intermediate coats are allowed to dry longer than recommended by manufacturers of subsequent coatings. Each coat shall cover surface of preceding coat or surface completely and there shall be a visually perceptible difference in shades of successive coats.
I. Reduce paints to proper consistency by adding fresh paint, do not thin paint
3.6 SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING REMOVAL
A. In order to avoid possible pedestrian exposure to chemical stripper and to prevent possible contamination of areas outside the demarcated work area, the effluent from the chemical stripper and power washing shall be collected.
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-8 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Prior to use of approved chemical stripper, remove all loose paint, atmospheric staining, environmental growth, and efflorescence from the wall surfaces utilizing approved paint scrapers, putty knives or brushes. If damage to the substrate is observed from scraping operations, a softer brush such as synthetic fiber brush shall be used.
C. Brush, roll or spray apply the approved chemical stripper to the cast stone, concrete or brick surfaces. Follow the application requirements recommended by the manufacturer.
D. After the stripper has been on the masonry for the approved dwell time, peel off the laminate paper if applicable and rinse the stripper off of the wall utilizing a pressure of 300 to 500 psi, maximum. Supplement the rinsing with a wood or plastic scraper.
E. When all existing coating is removed, or no additional coating is sufficiently softened to be removed without additional stripper reapplication, test the pH of the substrate and apply neutralizer if required. Rinse the neutralizer with water and retest the substrate. Substrates shall have a pH level as approved by the coating manufacturer for recoating, and several neutralization cycles may be required to achieve this pH.
F. A minimum of one pH test shall be taken per every 50 square feet of coating stripping and recorded on an Elevation Drawing. Tests shall be submitted to the coating manufacturer for acceptance with documentation submitted to the Engineer.
G. Upon completion of the paint removal, all substrates shall be allowed to dry completely prior to repair and recoating operation.
3.7 APPLICATION OF MASONRY COATING
A. All materials shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Upon completion of all existing coating and paint stripping, façade repairs and additional cleaning, allow the building to dry for a minimum of 48 hours. Confirm all cast stone and masonry repair work is complete.
C. Allow concrete and masonry repairs to fully cure, as recommended by the repair material manufacturer, prior to applying new coating.
D. Based on the approved mock up, utilize a brush or a long nap roller to apply waterproof coating to a uniform thickness of 6 mils for the first coat, or as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Dabbing will be required to fill natural fissures and kiln cracks in the masonry components.
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-9 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
E. Allow first coat to dry for 2-4 hours, or as required by the manufacturer, prior to application of a second coat. Apply the second coat at a uniform thickness of 4 mils, or as recommended by the manufacturer.
F. Any cavities or voids will require additional tough up prior to demobilization.
G. Protect coating for a minimum of 6 hours from moisture, and allow 48 hours for complete drying.
3.8 CEAN-UP
A. Prior to acceptance of the coating work covered in this Section, the Contractor shall perform a thorough clean-up of the work site, building surfaces, landscaping, etc. Any plantings or other items damaged shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 09 90 00 Painting and Coating.docx
PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-10 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PLUMBING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 22 00 01
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. Attention is directed to all Sections of DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT/ CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the specifications.
B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-Bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL), Public Bidding Law – Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law – Chapter 30.
C. Specification requirements for the Filed Sub-Bid “Plumbing” include all of the following listed Specification Sections, in their entirety:
1. Plumbing - Section 22 30 00
D. The work to be completed by the “Plumbing” Filed Sub-Contractor is identified in the Contract Drawings.
Examine all Drawings and other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Filed Sub-Contract.
E. “Plumbing” is stipulated as a Filed Sub-Bid under PART E, Item 2 of the FORM FOR GENERAL BID.
F. All Sub-Bids shall be submitted on the FORM FOR SUB-BID furnished by the Awarding Authority, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, accompanied with the required bid deposit.
G. Sub-bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in the INVITATION FOR BIDS.
1. The following shall appear on the upper left-hand corner of the envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: ______
SUB-BID FOR TRADE: ______
PLUMBING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 22 00 01 - 1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
H. Specific information relating to sub-bidders is set forth in the Contract Documents, under the heading “INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS”, Including Sub-Bidders” and the attention of sub-bidders is directed thereto.
I. Reference Drawings: The work of this Filed Sub-Bid is shown on the following Contract Drawings:
G100 Cover Sheet G101 Conceptual Tapered Insulation Plan & Roof Cross Sections C101 Site Plan AD102 Partial Roof Area Demolition Plan AD103 Partial Roof Area Demolition Plan A101 Overall Roof Area Plan A102 Partial Roof Area Plan A103 Partial Roof Area Plan A502 Details A504 Details
1.2 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS
A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner) will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor’s or Filed Sub-Contractor’s failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Company specializing in work described in the above listed individual specification sections with minimum 5 years documented experience.
1.4 SEQUENCING
A. Coordinate work of this Filed-Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work.
B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals, required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed-Subcontract, have been received and approved by the Engineer.
C. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily
PLUMBING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 22 00 01 - 2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived.
1.5 INSTALLER’S WARRANTY
A. In addition to other specified warranties, both in the Conditions of the Contract and in individual Sections of this Filed Sub-bid, the Filed Sub-Contractor will be held responsible for the satisfactory performance of all products installed under this trade for a period of two years. All deficiencies in products provided under this trade and related components which do not meet the specifications are to be corrected promptly at no expense to the Owner during the warranty period.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING
A. Normal access to the roof areas will be provided by the General Contractor for use by all Sub-Contractors. Portable ladders and mobile platforms required for use by this Filed Sub-Contractor, shall be provided by this Filed Sub-Contractor.
2.2 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
A. All hoisting equipment, rigging equipment, dumpsters, generators, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed Sub-Contractor shall be furnished and maintained by this Filed Sub-Contractor. Equipment shall be operated in safe conditions by the Filed Sub-Contractor trained and certified for use of such equipment.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 22 00 01 Plumbing Sub Bid Reqmts.docx
PLUMBING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS 22 00 01 - 3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PLUMBING
SECTION 22 30 00 (Filed Sub-Bid Required)
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 IN GENERAL
A. The General Conditions and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Unit Prices – Section 01 22 00 C. Concrete Repairs – Section 03 60 00 D. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashings – Section 07 53 00 E. Temporary Mechanical /Electrical Disconnects – Section 26 10 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Sub-contractor(s) shall supply all labor, transportation materials, equipment, temporary protection, staging, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work as required in the specifications, in accordance with good construction practice and as shown on the Contract Drawings. The work under this section generally includes the following:
1. Temporarily disconnect, tag, remove, protect, and store existing gas line affected by work indicated on the Contract Drawings and remove all existing curbs. Coordinate this work with Section 26 10 00 Temporary Mechanical / Electrical Disconnects. Any utility shutoff to be coordinated with and approved by the Owner prior to work, provide a minimum 48-hour notice.
2. Install new cast-iron roof drain bowls, no-hub connections, lead and oakum joints, and under deck drain pipe insulation minimum 3’-0” past first elbow, coordinate this work with the masonry contractor per section 03 60 00 and with the Roofing Contractor per section 07 53 00 for limits and work activities. a. Install roof drain bowl deck clamps at metal deck locations.
3. Install vent pipe extensions and no-hub connections where required to meet a minimum height of 18-inches, and a maximum height of 24-inches from the height of the new roof system to the top of the vent pipe. Coordinate with Section 07 53 00 Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing.
PLUMBING (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 22 30 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
4. Raise and reconnect existing gas line to a minimum of 3.5 inches above the new finished roof height in coordination with Section 01 22 00 Unit Prices and Section 07 53 00 for limits and work activities. Any utility shutoff to be coordinated with and approved by the Owner prior to work, provide a minimum 48-hour notice.
5. Clean and restore all areas affected by the work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Schedule and execute all work without exposing the building interiors to inclement weather. Protect all new and existing roof work, the building and its contents from staining and damages. Segregate all work areas from the building occupants.
B. The Contractor is cautioned to take all necessary precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.
C. The plumbing work shall be coordinated with the roof work in such a manner that no interior portions of the building are left exposed to the elements at the end of a day’s work.
D. The Contractor shall provide all the necessary warning lines required to segregate the work areas and to protect the occupants from plumbing operations.
E. The Contractor shall provide all roof top protections for new and existing roofs as it relates to the plumbing operations.
F. Interior access may be required to perform the plumbing work, which will include the removal and replacement of the existing ceiling tiles.
G. The plumbing shall be performed by licensed tradesmen.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit project literature and samples for the items listed in this section in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Shop Drawings and Submittals.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Upon completion of work, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a Guarantee of his work to be free from defect in materials and workmanship. This Guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years, an shall be signed by a Principal of the Contractor’s firm, and sealed if a corporation.
PLUMBING (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 22 30 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 ROOF DRAINS AND ASSEMBLIES
A. Replacement roof drains shall be minimum 12” diameter coated cast iron with 4” pipe sizes, or as required to match the existing diameter bottom outlet, large sump, extended collar and wide roof flange, as manufactured by Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co., Series 1010-E-W, Josam, Zurn, Wade, Smith or approved equal. Replacement drain outlet diameters shall match the existing. Drain assemblies shall have non-puncturing cast iron clamping ring. All roof drain assemblies shall be installed with underdeck clamps and sump pans. Drain strainers shall be cast iron, vandal resistant, of suitable size and configuration as provided by the drain manufacturer.
B. New clamping rings shall be coated cast iron as manufactured by JR Smith or approved equal. New clamping rings and drain dome strainers shall be cast iron, vandal resistant, of suitable size and configuration as provided by the clamping ring manufacturer.
C. Drain bowl to leader pipe connections shall be no-hub outlet.
D. All accessories necessary for the proper installation of the new drain bowl and accessories, including but not limited to, cast iron clamping rings, cast iron strainers, stainless steel hardware, shall be of the same manufacturer as the drain bowls and be completely compatible with the existing piping and surrounding materials. Drain sump caulking shall be as recommended by the supplier.
2.2 INSULATION
A. Insulation for new drain bowl assemblies and drain pipe shall be preformed and skinned fibrous glass, minimum 1" thick, of sufficient size to fit fixtures and piping, such as fiberglass ASJ/SSL-11 pipe insulation by OCF, with factory-applied jackets, or approved equal. Fittings shall be mitered of the same material. Joints shall be taped as recommended and supplied by the manufacturer of the insulation.
2.3 PIPE EXTENTIONS
A. Vent pipe extensions: Schedule 40-coated cast iron conforming to ASTM A74 sized to match existing pipe diameter. Pipes shall extend 18-inches minimum above completed roof surface.
2.4 PIPE EXTENTION CONNECTIONS
A. Provide no-hub connections with stainless steel bands for pipe extensions. No-hub connection to conform to CISPI 310 and ASTM C 1277. Gaskets are made from an elastomeric compound that meets the requirements of ASTM C 564. For pipe 10-inches and smaller in diameter provide 60 in.-lbs. of installation torque minimum.
PLUMBING (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 22 30 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
1. Stainless steel bands: Type 301 AISI Stainless Steel – Minimum tensile strength 165,000 psi - minimum two (2) per side to be clamped 2. Screw housing: Type 301 AISI Stainless Steel 3. Screw: Tyle 305 AISI Stainless Steel, 5/16” hex head slant shoulder 4. Shield: Type 301 AISI Stainless Steel - Bright annealed; Rockwell B-85 minimum 5. Sealing sleeve (gasket): High quality Neoprene elastomer compound, durometer 70+/- 5 per ASTM D2240
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All work in this Section shall be coordinated with the roof replacement work. All required work at drain locations shall be properly protected at all times from equipment and traffic.
B. All flashing-in of the roof drains and membrane repairs as a result of the plumbing work shall be the responsibility of and provided under Section 07 54 00 – Thermoplastic Roofing and Flashing.
C. The Contractor is cautioned to investigate all existing conditions and materials of construction. All replacement items, including but not limited to clamps and strainers must be completely compatible and match the existing system.
D. Clean all new drain assemblies thoroughly of dust, dirt, debris and bituminous materials prior to the installation of the replacement membrane system.
3.2 REMOVAL OF EXISTING ROOF DRAIN COMPONENTS
A. Remove the existing designated roof drain components from the existing drain bowl assemblies so as to cause minimum damage to the roof deck and existing plumbing components.
B. The Contractor shall provide all interior and roof deck protection.
3.3 REPLACEMENT ROOF DRAIN COMPONENTS
A. Install all replacement roof drains such that the bowl flange with clamping ring elevated 2-inches above deck level. See detail drawings for assembly position.
B. Should it be required, complete all cuts through the existing deck so as to cause minimum damage to the deck and associated building components. Cut shall be the minimum size possible. Methods of deck removal shall be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer prior to demolition. The Contractor shall provide all interior and rooftop protection.
C. Make all drain to leader connections watertight and of sufficient strength. Place drain outlet tube within existing leader pipe and overlap at least 1”.
PLUMBING (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 22 30 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
D. All drains installed shall be completed and flashed in the same day’s operation.
E. Check all roof drain and leader pipe joints with a water test once roofing and flashing are complete and prior to installing drain system insulation to check for leaks. Repair all leaks to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.3 VENT PIPE EXTENSIONS
A. It is the intent of the project to cut, or extend all existing vent pipes to provide an 18” minimum clearance height from the finished roof surface to the top of the pipe coordinate the finished roof height with that of Section 07 53 00. The configuration varies, and will be strongly dependent on the final tapered insulation heights of the new roof system.
B. Field configurations will be required. Any vent pipe which will provide a minimum 8” flashing height under the no-hub connector, may simply be extended so that a pipe flashing detail may be installed.
C. Any vent pipe which will not provide the 8” flashing height due to their current low height, shall be cut within the insulation layer and extended in conjunction with the roof installation.
3.4 INSULATION
A. Fibrous glass pipe insulation with factory-applied jackets shall be installed on all drain bowl assemblies and leader ties installed under this Contract, in accordance with the manufacturer's written specifications.
B. All insulation joints shall be taped with materials recommended and supplied by the insulation manufacturer.
C. Drain bowl insulation shall be cut clean and matched to the pipe insulation, with all joints properly taped, mitered and sealed.
D. If any sections of the existing roof drainage system are observed to be uninsulated, this situation shall be reported to the Engineer and Owner.
3.5 CLEANING OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM
A. Prior to roofing operations and after the new replacement roof system has been installed, clear all roof drain leader piping of debris and clogs such that the system is free-flowing.
B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Owner a minimum of 72 hours in advance prior to cleaning the drainage system, in order to allow the Engineer and Owner to be present during the cleaning operations.
PLUMBING (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 22 30 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. The Contractor shall clear the existing leader pipe with “Roto-rooter” type equipment from the roof deck level to the point where the leader pipe exits the building, or 75 feet minimum. Flush the drain line with water upon completion of the cleaning.
3.6 CLEAN-UP
All floor and adjacent areas, both interior and exterior, damaged or stained by the installation of the plumbing work shall be repaired and cleaned of all dust, debris and any other materials to the Owner's satisfaction.
3.7 WATER TESTS
Perform water tests on roof drain assemblies, including leader piping. Notify the Owner 48- hours minimum prior to water tests in order that the Owner/Owner’s representative may witness testing. Using a ¾-inch garden hose run water into the drainage components for thirty minutes. Inspect all drainage components for leakage and repair as required. Inform Owner of test findings.
END OF SECTION
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 22 30 00 Plumbing.docxs
PLUMBING (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 22 30 00-6 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS
SECTION 26 10 00
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Division 1, General Conditions, and all parts of the Bid and Contract Documents are made part of this Section as if fully repeated herein.
B. Refer to Division 1 for additional information.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work – Section 01 10 00 B. Rough Carpentry – Section 06 10 00 C. Elastomeric Roofing and Flashing – Section 07 53 00 D. Plumbing – Section 22 30 00
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. In general, the Contractor shall supply all labor, transportation materials, equipment, temporary protection, staging, tools and appliances necessary for the proper completion of the work as required in the specifications, in accordance with good construction practice and as shown on the Contract Drawings. The work under this section generally includes the following:
1. Provide all temporary protection, lifts, manpower, and equipment to protect the building and its components.
2. Temporarily disconnect, remove, and support existing roof top fans, vents and mechanical ventilation equipment. Fans and equipment shall be re- installed and reconnected after installation of roofing and flashing of roof curbs. Provide electrical extensions, mechanical ductwork extensions, and roof curb extensions as required to extend the equipment above the new roof surface.
a. The following is the scope of work required where the existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment located on the roof must be disconnected, removed and reconnected.
i. Prior to temporarily lifting of any existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment, the contractor shall test the exhaust fans and mechanical equipment to ensure they are functioning properly and report any problems to the owner.
TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS 26 10 00-1 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
ii. The Contractor shall coordinate all interruptions of power to existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment with the Owner prior to any work. Note, the Owner does not have the technical support to perform renovations at the site, and therefore, all renovations, including the interruption and reconnecting of the power, will be borne by the Contractor.
iii. The Contractor shall ensure that the power to existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment is turned off. The Mechanical contractor shall use lockout / tag-out procedures to ensure that the power is not turned on.
iv. The Contractor shall temporarily disconnect, remove, and support the existing roof-mounted exhaust fans, mechanical equipment, ductwork and wiring and reconnect the same, as required by job condition, after installation of a new roof and flashing of the roof curbs.
v. The Contractor shall coordinate the heights of the existing mechanical unit curbs and fan curbs with that of the new insulation height to confirm which of the units will require raising and new duct and electrical extensions as required.
vi. The Contractor shall turn power back on to the exhaust fans and mechanical equipment after work has been completed by all other trades.
vii. After the existing exhaust fans and mechanical equipment have been reconnected, the Contractor shall test the exhaust fans and mechanical equipment to ensure they are functioning properly and report any problems to the Owner.
3. Remove and replace the designated mechanical curbs to provide a water tight condition; note, the existing curbs have been modified with exposed wood blocking on the exterior, to support the existing fan hood.
4. At existing louvers indicated at Roof Area D install vent/exhaust extensions as required to maintain the existing louver opening size and terminate as required above the new roof membrane. Coordinate with Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry for wood blocking to be installed around new vent/exhaust extensions.
5. The Contractor shall replace existing gravity vents with new at existing skylight openings. Coordinate with Section 07 53 00 Elastomeric Roof and Flashing for flashing tie-in details.
6. Temporarily remove and reinstall existing ductwork as required to perform masonry work at elevations at Roof Area D.
TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS 26 10 00-2 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
7. Coordinate the work in this section with the appropriate trades to insure the proper work sequence.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Schedule and execute all work without exposing the building interiors to inclement weather. Protect all new and existing roof work, the building and its contents from staining and damages. Segregate all work areas from the building occupants.
B. Notify the Owner at least 48 hours in advance of doing any interior demolition work so that the Owner may remove any portable items, such as furniture, from the area. Fixed items will not be removed and are to be protected by the Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for shutting down, removal, temporary support, proper reinstallation with ductwork and electrical extensions as required, and turning on of each mechanical unit by the end of the workday as it relates to the removal and reinstallation of the mechanical equipment. If the mechanical unit is found operational prior to the shutdown procedures, and does not operate upon completion of the work and restarting the equipment, the Contractor will be responsible for repairing/replacing said unit at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. The Contractor is cautioned to take all necessary precautions and make all investigations necessary to install the work. The Owner will not consider unfamiliarity with the job conditions as a basis for additional compensation.
E. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) weeks notice prior to shutting down any mechanical services.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit project literature and samples for the items listed in this section in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Shop Drawings and Submittals.
B. Submit proposed lead times of materials and coordination efforts associated with replacement of units.
C. Submit proposed temporary shoring details and methods of re-attachment.
PART 2 – MATERIALS
2.1 FASTENERS AND ACCESSORIES
A. In general, fasteners shall be stainless steel. All accessories, including, but not limited to nails, screws, clips, fastening strips, etc. shall be completely compatible with the material being fastened to prevent galvanic reaction and premature deterioration.
TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS 26 10 00-3 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
B. Fasteners for securing fan and vent unit covers and termination bars to existing wood construction shall be stainless steel hex head self-drilling screws. At fan and vent unit cover resecurement use stainless steel capped EPDM washers of the next larger size than the existing fastener.
2.2 GRAVITY VENTILATOR
A. Gravity vents shall be low profile galvanized steel with integral bird screen with base to be mounted on curb. Vents shall include backdraft damper.
B. New curbs shall be installed; Coordinate with Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry.
2.3 SHEET METAL, PREFORMED FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Aluminum shall be .032” thick, constructed per SMACNA standards for 2” w.c. static pressure. Aluminum shall have a mill finish. Aluminum shall be 3003 alloy, H-14 temper.
B. Stainless steel shall be 24 gauge AISI 18-8 type 304, 2D finish. Sheet length shall be 8’ maximum.
C. Galvanized steel shall be constructed per SMACNA standards for 2” w.c. static pressure.
D. All accessories, including but not limited to nails, screws and clips shall be copper, brass, stainless steel or galvanized steel and completely compatible with the surrounding metal to prevent galvanic reaction.
E. Rivets shall be 3/16" diameter stainless steel.
2.4 REPLACEMENT LOUVERS
A. Replacement Aluminum louvers shall be minimum 2” nominal deep extruded aluminum frame with weather resistant 45-degree blade and stainless steel insect screens. Louvers shall be fabricated of 6063 aluminum with 0.125” wall thickness. Louvers shall have interior mounted, stainless steel insect screens. Finish for louvers shall be a Resin-Based Coating – Hylar 5000, or Kynar 500. Paint dry film thickness shall not be less than 1.0 mils +/- 0.2mils. Surface preparation and coating shall conform to AAMA 2605 Specifications. Free area shall 50%. Louver shall be ELF375DXH series as manufactured by Ruskin or approved equal. Louver shall be integral and compatible to the submitted metal panel wall assembly. Size shall match the existing louver dimensions.
B. Should ductwork extension be required, fabricated ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A-527, lock forming quality, with G90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A-525, and mill phosphatized for exposed locations.
TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS 26 10 00-4 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
C. Blank off panels shall be non-insulating panels with minimum 0.063” aluminum skin, finished on the exterior to match the new louvers, as manufactured by Greenheck or approved equal.
D. Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes to comply with ductwork system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment.
E. Where louver area is larger than existing ducts or duct extensions, provide blank off panels. Blank off panels shall be silicone wet sealed and mechanically fastened to the interior face of the louvers, per the blank off panel manufacturer’s instructions.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All work in this Section shall be coordinated with roof replacement work.
B. All flashing-in of the mechanical work shall be the responsibility of and provided by the Roofing Contractor under Section 07 53 00 – Elastomeric Roofing.
C. The Contractor is cautioned to investigate all existing conditions and materials of construction.
D. Follow all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding construction of scaffolding and protection of the public safety for the work items included in this section. Specific reference should be made to OSHA Construction Safety Regulations. Provide warning lines, barricades, and similar items as required to restrict pedestrian access to hazardous areas. Job site safety shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
3.2 REINSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Coordinate the heights of the existing mechanical unit curbs and fan curbs with that of the tapered insulation height to confirm which of the units will require raising and new electrical and duct extensions as required. Refer to Section 07 54 00 – Thermoplastic Roofing and Flashings for coordination issues.
B. Extend electrical conduits and wiring, and mechanical systems and ductwork as required due to the increased roof insulation height.
C. Rooftop unit installation shall be coordinated to prevent exposing the interior to inclement weather. Utilize stainless steel capped EPDM washers at all fastener locations.
END OF SECTION
TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS 26 10 00-5 Roof Replacement and Associated Work at the Lowell High School Lowell, MA Gale JN 833360
I:\833360\02 Design\specs\833360 26 10 00 Temporary MechanicalElectrical Disconnects.docx
TEMPORARY MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS 26 10 00-6